Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc.

Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc.

ccoi · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ccoi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 1899
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT    
Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc.
Corporate Headquarters:
2450 N Street NW
Washington, DC 20037
Website:
www.cogentco.com
Email:
info@cogentco.com
Telephone:
+1-202-295-4200
Facsimile:
+1-202-338-8798
Ticker Symbol:
NASDAQ: CCOI
United Kingdom
Luxembourg
The Netherlands
Germany
Canada
USA
France
Spain
Sweden
Ukraine
Singapore

 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
 
FORM 10-K 
(Mark One)  
☒ 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934. 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 
OR 
☐ 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934. 
For the transition period from to 
 
Commission file number 000-51829 
COGENT COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 
 
 
Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization) 
46-5706863 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 
2450 N Street N.W. 
Washington, D.C. 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 
20037 
(Zip Code) 
 
(202) 295-4200 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title of each class 
     
Trading Symbol 
     
Name of each exchange on which registered: 
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share 
 
CCOI 
 
NASDAQ Global Select Market 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months 
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this 
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See 
the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
 
Large accelerated filer ☒ 
Accelerated filer ☐ 
Non-accelerated filer ☐ 
 
Smaller reporting company ☐ 
Emerging growth company ☐ 
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting 
standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under 
Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ 
 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an 
error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s 
executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No  ☒ 
 
The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of $56.44 per share on June 28, 2024 as reported by the NASDAQ 
Global Select Market was approximately $2.5 billion. 
 
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, as of January 31, 2025 was 49,325,993 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
 
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the registrant’s 2025 annual stockholders meeting are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. 
 

 
COGENT COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 
     Page 
Part I 
 
Item 1 
Business 
 
4
Item 1A 
Risk Factors 
 
15
Item 1B 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
 
30
Item 1C 
Cybersecurity 
 
30
Item 2 
Properties 
 
31
Item 3 
Legal Proceedings 
 
31
Item 4 
Mine Safety Disclosures 
 
31
Part II 
 
Item 5 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  
32
Item 7 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
 
33
Item 7A 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
 
50
Item 8 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
 
51
Item 9 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
 
86
Item 9A 
Controls and Procedures 
 
86
Item 9B 
Other Information 
 
89
Item 9C 
Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 
 
89
Part III 
 
 
Item 10 
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
 
90
Item 11 
Executive Compensation 
 
90
Item 12 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
 
90
Item 13 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
 
90
Item 14 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services 
 
90
Part IV 
 
Item 15 
Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules 
 
91
Item 16 
Form 10-K Summary 
 
95
Signatures 
 
96
 
 

Page 3 of 96 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “Cogent,” “we,” “our” or “us”) 
may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
“Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements are not statements of historical facts, but rather reflect our current expectations 
concerning future results and events. You can identify these forward-looking statements by our use of words such as “anticipates,” 
“believes,” “continues,” “expects,” “intends,” “likely,” “may,” “opportunity,” “plans,” “potential,” “project,” “will,” and similar 
expressions to identify forward-looking statements, whether in the negative or the affirmative, though not all forward-looking 
statements use these words. We cannot guarantee that we actually will achieve these plans, intentions or expectations. These forward-
looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties including those discussed in Item 1A “Risk Factors” and other factors, some 
of which are beyond our control, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasts or anticipated in such 
forward-looking statements. 
You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our view only as of the date of this 
report. We undertake no obligation to update these statements or publicly release the result of any revisions to these statements to 
reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. 
 
 

Page 4 of 96 
PART I 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS 
Description of business 
We are a facilities-based provider of low-cost, high-speed Internet access, private network services, optical wavelength and 
optical transport services and data center colocation space and power. Our network is specifically designed and optimized to transmit 
packet-routed data. We deliver our services primarily to businesses, large and small, communications service providers and other 
bandwidth-intensive organizations in 56 countries across North America, Europe, South America, Oceania and Africa. We are a 
Delaware corporation and headquartered in Washington, DC. 
We offer on-net Internet access services exclusively through our own facilities, which run from our network to our customers’ 
premises. We offer our on-net services to customers located in buildings that are physically connected to our network. As a result, we 
are not dependent on local telephone companies or cable TV companies to serve our customers for our on-net Internet access and 
private network services. Our on-net service consists of high-speed Internet access and private network services offered at speeds 
ranging from 100 megabits per second to 400 gigabits per second. 
We provide our on-net Internet access and private network services to our corporate, net-centric and enterprise customers. Our 
corporate customers are located in multi-tenant office buildings that typically include law firms, financial services firms, advertising 
and marketing firms, as well as health care providers, educational institutions and other professional services businesses. Our net-
centric customers include bandwidth-intensive users that leverage our network either to deliver content to end users or to provide 
access to residential or commercial Internet users. Content delivery customers include over the top media service providers, content 
delivery networks, web hosting companies, and commercial content and application software providers. Our net-centric customers 
include access networks comprised of other internet service providers (“ISP’s”), telephone companies, mobile phone operators and 
cable television companies that collectively provide internet access to a substantial number of broadband subscribers and mobile 
phone subscribers across the world. These net-centric customers generally receive our services in carrier neutral colocation facilities 
and in our own data centers. We operate data centers throughout North America and Europe that allow our customers to collocate their 
equipment and access our network. Additionally, the Sprint Business (as defined below) customers include a number of companies 
larger than our historical customer base. In connection with the acquisition of Sprint Communications, we expanded selling services to 
these larger “Enterprise” customers. 
In addition to providing on-net services, we provide Internet access and private network services to customers that are not located 
in buildings directly connected to our network. We provide these off-net services primarily to corporate customers using other 
carriers’ circuits to provide the “last mile” portion of the link from the customers’ premises to our network. We also provide certain 
non-core services that resulted from acquisitions, including the acquisition of Sprint Communications (as discussed below). We 
continue to support but do not actively sell these non-core services. 
In connection with our acquisition of Sprint Communications, we began to provide optical wavelength services and optical 
transport services over a network that is generally independent of our legacy IP network. We are selling these wavelength services to 
our existing customers, customers of Sprint Communications and to new customers who require dedicated optical transport 
connectivity without the capital and ongoing expenses associated with owning and operating network infrastructure. 
Acquisition of the Sprint Business 
On May 1, 2023 (the “Closing Date”), Cogent Infrastructure, Inc., (now Cogent Infrastructure, LLC), a Delaware corporation and 
our direct wholly owned subsidiary (the “Buyer” or “Cogent Infrastructure”), closed on its acquisition of the U.S. long-haul fiber 
network (including the non-U.S. extensions thereof) of Sprint Communications and its Subsidiaries (the “Sprint Business”) in 
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated 
September 6, 2022, by and among us, Sprint Communications LLC, a Kansas limited liability company (“Sprint Communications”) 
and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of T-Mobile US, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“T-Mobile”), and Sprint LLC, a Delaware 
limited liability company and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of T-Mobile (the “Seller”). On the Closing Date, we purchased 
from the Seller all of the issued and outstanding membership interests (the “Purchased Interests”) of Wireline Network Holdings LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company that, following an internal restructuring and divisive merger, holds Sprint Communications’ 
assets and liabilities relating to the Sprint Business (such transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, collectively, the 
“Transaction”). 

Page 5 of 96 
Corporate Structure after the Closing Date 
The Company operates through its two direct, wholly owned subsidiaries, Cogent Infrastructure and Cogent Communications 
Group, LLC (“Cogent Group”). 
Cogent Infrastructure holds the Sprint Business operations. Following the Closing Date, Cogent Infrastructure, through its 
subsidiaries, owned, among other things, the Sprint Network (as defined below), consisting of approximately 20,800 route miles of 
owned fiber optic cable in the continental United States, a portfolio of owned and leased properties totaling approximately 1.9 million 
square feet, Sprint operating subsidiaries in over 30 countries worldwide, approximately 1,300 Sprint customers, both enterprise and 
net-centric, vendor and supply agreements and 9.9 million IPv4 addresses.  
On May 2, 2024, Cogent IPv4 LLC (the “IPv4 Issuer”), a special-purpose, bankruptcy remote, indirect wholly owned subsidiary 
of the Company, issued $206.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.924% IPv4 Notes (the “IPv4 Notes”), with an anticipated term 
ending in May 2029 (such anticipated repayment date, the “ARD”), in an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  
Cogent Group is the parent of Cogent Communications, LLC (formerly Cogent Communications, Inc.), which was our sole 
operating company prior to the Closing Date, and Cogent Group is the issuer of our $500.0 million of 3.50% senior secured notes due 
in May 2026 (“2026 Notes”) and our $750.0 million of 7.00% senior unsecured notes due in June 2027 of which $450.0 million were 
issued in June 2022 (“2027 Notes”) and $300.0 million were issued in June 2024 (“2027 Mirror Notes”). Cogent Group owns, among 
other things, our indefeasible-right-of-use (“IRU”) network, Cogent data centers, Cogent operating subsidiaries in 56 countries 
worldwide, our corporate and net-centric customer base and over 25 million IPv4 addresses. Cogent Group also receives payments due 
from T-Mobile for IP transit services in connection with the Transaction. 
We have moved and may continue to move, to the extent permitted by and in compliance with the indentures governing our 2026 
Notes, 2027 Notes, 2027 Mirror Notes and IPv4 Notes, certain assets and obligations between the companies owned by Cogent 
Infrastructure and Cogent Group to better align these assets and obligations with our business and operations and for general corporate 
purposes. 
Competitive Advantages 
We believe we address many of the data communications needs of businesses large and small, communications service providers 
and other bandwidth-intensive organizations by offering them high-quality, high-speed Internet access and private network services at 
attractive prices. After our acquisition of the Sprint Business, we began offering services to larger enterprise customers. We believe 
that our organization has the following competitive advantages: 
Low Cost of Operation: We believe that the wireline telecom industry is undergoing, and will continue to face, significant price 
deflation for its applications and services. This price deflation is a result of a variety of factors including increased competition, 
enhanced substitutability of certain products and services and the continued impact of Moore’s Law, which has driven down the cost 
of technology, particularly for fiber optic Wavelength Division Multiplexing equipment and optically interfaced routers. Faced with 
the backdrop of continued price deflation in our industry, we have made a series of discreet choices around our network design, 
operating strategy and product offerings that are consistent with our objective of becoming the low-cost operator in our industry. Since 
our initiation of operations, this strategy has resulted in a rapid decline in our cost to transmit bits, which has increased our margins 
and decreased our capital intensity as measured by our capital expenditures per total revenues. Important components of our low-cost 
operating strategy include: 
 
One Network Protocol. Upon our founding, we selected to operate our network solely using Ethernet protocol. We made this 
selection in order to take advantage of the significantly greater installed base and lower cost of Ethernet network equipment 
versus other protocols, the substantially lower costs associated with operating and maintaining one network protocol and the 
continued benefits of the rapid price performance ratio improvements of Ethernet-related equipment. Our single network 
protocol allows us to avoid many of the costs that our competitors who operate circuit-switched, time-division multiplexing 
(“TDM”) and hybrid fiber coaxial networks incur related to provisioning, monitoring and maintaining multiple transport 
protocols. Selecting one operating protocol has positively impacted our operating overhead and the simplicity of our 
organization. We believe the vast majority of our competitors currently operate their networks with multiple protocols and we 
believe that attempts to upgrade their networks to one protocol would be operationally challenging and costly. 

Page 6 of 96 
 
Our IP Network. We have acquired a large portfolio of dark fiber leases from 369 dark fiber vendors from around the world 
sourced from the excess inventory of existing networks. The nature of this portfolio and the individual leases provide us long-
term access to dark fiber at attractive rates and, in many cases, the opportunity to extend these leases for multiple terms. On 
average, a modest number of our dark fiber leases come up for renewal each year. In addition, with our acquisition of the 
Sprint Business, we now own a nationwide domestic fiber network (the “Sprint Network”). Acquiring the Sprint Network 
allows us to capitalize on the benefits of owning network without significant upfront capital investment. The Sprint Network 
is mostly complementary to our existing leased dark fiber network, offers unique geographic routes and will allow us to 
reduce our reliance on leased dark fiber. This strategic combination of owned and leased dark fiber will help to ensure a 
robust and reliable network and enables us to connect via dark fiber to virtually any geographic route or facility we require on 
a long-term, cost-effective basis. 
 
Optical Wave Network - Acquiring the Sprint Network has also allowed us to construct a wavelength network using the 
predominantly owned fiber. This enables us to expand our product offerings to include optical wavelength and optical 
transport services. We are selling these services to our existing customers, customers acquired with the Sprint Business and to 
new customers who require dedicated optical transport connectivity without the capital and ongoing expenses associated with 
owning and operating network infrastructure. As of December 31, 2024, we offered this service in 808 data centers in the 
United States, Mexico and Canada. We believe our wavelength service has the advantages of unique routes, ubiquitous 
service locations, faster provisioning times and lower prices. 
 
Narrow and Focused Product Set. Since our founding, we have strategically focused on delivering a very narrow product set 
to our customers. The vast majority of our revenue is driven by or related to our high-capacity, bi-directional, symmetric 
Internet access services which can be accessed on-net in multi-tenant office buildings (“MTOBs”) and carrier neutral data 
centers (“CNDCs”) or off-net through other carriers’ “last mile” connections to customer facilities. The addition of optical 
wave and optical transport services, our direct, VPN connection to cloud providers services and our decision to continue to 
support MPLS virtual private network (“VPN”) services for our acquired customers are consistent with this strategy. 
Consistent with this strategy, we have pared, and continue to pare, non-core services acquired with the Sprint Business. There 
are significant cost advantages because of this narrow product set. We believe that the relative size of our salesforce training, 
support and overhead is lower than comparable telecom providers that tend to offer a broader, one-stop shop product set to 
their client base. 
 
Scalable Network Equipment and Hub Configurations. We have begun the process of building two distinct networks: a 
network optimized for our historical IP-based Internet services and a network optimized for optical wave (optical transport 
services). The operation of two separate networks, however, has not altered our primary reliance on two sets of equipment for 
operation, nor has the addition of optical waves (optical transport services) to our product set altered this equipment 
configuration. In order to further scale our operating leverage, we have systematically reused older equipment in less dense 
portions of our network. Due to interoperability between the generations of products, we are able to transfer older equipment 
from our core, high-traffic areas to less congested portions of our network. The result of this dynamic grooming process is 
that we are able to utilize our equipment for materially longer periods than our competitors, thereby reducing our capital 
investment in our network. We design and build all of our network hubs, points of presence, and data centers to the same 
standards and configurations. his replication strategy provides us scale benefits in equipment purchases, training, and 
maintenance. 
Greater Control and Superior Delivery. Our on-net service does not rely on circuits that must be provisioned by a third-party 
carrier. In our on-net MTOBs, we provide our customers the entire network, including the “last mile” and the in-building fiber optic 
connections to our customer’s suite. In our CNDCs, we are collocated with our customers. As a result, only a cross-connection within 
the data center is required to provide our services to our customers, including our newer optical wave and optical transport offerings. 
The structure of our on-net service provides us with more control over our service, quality and pricing. It also allows us to provision 
services more quickly and efficiently than provisioning services on a third-party carrier network. The vast majority of our on-net 
Internet and VPN services can be installed in less than two weeks, which is materially faster than the installation times for some of our 
incumbent competitors. 
High-Quality, Reliable Service. We are able to offer high-quality Internet service due to our network design and composition. We 
believe that we deliver a high level of technical performance because our network is optimized for packet routed traffic. Its design 
increases the speed and throughput of our network and reduces the number of data packets dropped during transmission compared to 
traditional circuit-switched networks. We believe that our network is more reliable and carries traffic at lower cost than networks built 
as overlays to traditional circuit-switched, or TDM networks. 

Page 7 of 96 
Large Addressable Market. We have systematically evaluated and chosen our network extensions to buildings, data centers and 
markets based upon a rigorous set of criteria to evaluate the economic opportunity of network locations. Additional factors relevant to 
our pursuit of new buildings include the willingness of building owners to grant us access rights, the availability of optical fiber 
networks to serve those buildings, the costs to connect buildings to our network and equipment availability. We have also begun to 
evaluate the sustainability of new locations by evaluating the LEED Green Rating of Buildings, the potential to source renewable 
energy at locations and the potential impact of climate change on a location including proximity to water and the risk of flooding. Our 
network is connected to 3,453 total buildings located in 264 metropolitan markets globally. These buildings include 1,871 large 
MTOBs (totaling over 1.0 billion square feet of office space) in major North American cities where we offer our services to a diverse 
set of high-quality corporate customers within close physical proximity of each other. These buildings also include 1,646 CNDCs 
located in 1,478 buildings in North America, Europe, South America, Oceania and Africa where our net-centric customers directly 
interconnect with our network and 55 Cogent edge data centers. We also operate 104 of our own data centers 48 of which were 
converted from facilities acquired with the Sprint Business) across the United States and in Europe, which comprise over 1.9 million 
square feet of floor space, offer 177 MW of power and are directly connected to our network. We believe that these network points of 
presence strategically position our network to attract high levels of Internet traffic and maximize our revenue opportunities and 
profitability. 
Balanced, High-Traffic IP Network. Since its inception, our network has grown significantly in terms of its geographic reach, 
customer connections, and traffic. We currently serve 8,250 access networks as well as numerous large and small content providers 
and 47,371 corporate customer connections and 14,776 enterprise customer connections. Because of these bases of customers who 
distribute (content providers) and receive (access networks) content on our network, we believe that the majority of all the traffic 
remains “on-net” by both originating and terminating on our network. This control of traffic is an important differentiator as it 
increases our service reliability and speed of traffic delivery. The increasing share of traffic delivered from content providers to access 
networks also enhances our margins as we are compensated by both the originating customer and the terminating customer. The 
breadth of our network, extensive size of our customer base, and the volume of our traffic enables us to be one of a handful of Tier 1 
networks that are interconnected on a settlement-free basis. This Tier 1 network peering status broadens our geographic delivery 
capability and materially reduces our network costs. 
Proven and Experienced Management Team. Our senior management team is composed of seasoned executives with extensive 
expertise in the telecommunications industry as well as knowledge of the markets in which we operate. The members of our senior 
management team have an average of over 20 years of experience in the telecommunications industry and many have been working 
together at the Company for several years. Several members of the senior management team have been working together at the 
Company since 2000. Our senior management team has designed and built our network and, during our formative years, led the 
integration of network assets we acquired through 13 significant acquisitions prior to our acquisition of the Sprint Business and 
managed the expansion and growth of our business. A number of the members of senior management who joined us as part of our 
acquisition of the Sprint Business have similar experience and tenure in both the telecommunications industry and at the Sprint 
Business. We anticipate that our management team will successfully manage the integration of the Sprint Business into our current 
operations. 
Our Strategy 
We intend to remain a leading provider of high-quality, high-speed Internet access and private network services and to continue to 
improve our profitability and cash flow. The principal elements of our strategy include: 
Grow our Corporate Customer Base. Our on-net corporate customers are typically small to medium-sized businesses connected 
to our network through MTOBs or connected to our network through one of our on-net CNDCs. We generally sell two types of 
services to our corporate customers: dedicated internet access and private network services. We typically sell dedicated internet access 
at the same price per connection as our competitors, but our customers benefit from our significantly faster speeds and rapid 
installation times. These customers are increasingly integrating off-site data centers and cloud services into their IT infrastructure in 
order to take advantage of the safety, security and redundancy that is offered by locating company processing power, storage and 
software at a data center. An important part of this new infrastructure is a high-speed, dedicated internet connection from the corporate 
premises to the data center and the Internet and from one corporate premises to other corporate premises. We believe that the 
importance of data centers will increasingly lead tenants to reconfigure their communications infrastructure to include dedicated 
internet access across their locations. 

Page 8 of 96 
Expand our Business with Enterprise Customers. With our acquisition of the Sprint Business, we acquired a number of larger 
enterprise customers. While we are in the process of terminating certain non-core services to these customers at the end of their 
current term, we have continued to provide our core services to enterprise customers and elected to provide MPLS based VPN as well 
as VPLS services, a new service for the Company, as well. We have not previously focused our sales efforts on larger enterprise 
customers. Since the acquisition of the Sprint Business, we have formed dedicated sales teams who are tasked with preserving existing 
business with and seeking new sales from enterprise customers. 
Increase our Share of the Net-Centric Market. We are currently one of the leading providers of high-speed internet access to a 
variety of content providers and access networks across the world. We intend to further load our high-capacity network as a result of 
the growing demand for high-speed Internet access generated by these types of bandwidth-intensive applications such as over-the-top 
media services, online gaming, video, Internet of Things, voice over IP, remote data storage, and other services. We expect that we 
will continue to grow our shares of these segments by offering our customers a series of attractive features including: 
 
Geographic breadth – We have one of the broadest CNDC footprints in the industry and currently offer network services in 
56 countries – as net-centric customers seek a more international audience this footprint is a significant advantage; 
 
High capacity and reliability – We offer 100 Mbps to 100 Gbps ports in all of the CNDCs and 400 Gbps in selected locations 
on our network, which differentiates the capacity choices we provide our net-centric clients;  
 
Balanced customer base for IP services – Our leading share of content providers and access networks increases the amount of 
traffic that originates and terminates on our network thereby reducing latency and enhancing reliability;  
 
Large and dedicated salesforce – Our team of net-centric sales professionals is one of the largest salesforces in this industry 
segment and enables us to better serve this customer segment while also identifying new sales opportunities and gaining new 
business and customers; and 
 
Wave (optical transport services) – We began offering wave (optical transport services) to our net-centric customers who 
require these high bandwidth dedicated point-to-point services. 
Pursue On-net Customer Growth. Our high-capacity network provides us with the ability to add a significant number of 
customers to our network with minimal direct incremental costs. We intend to increase usage of our network and operational 
infrastructure by adding customers in our existing on-net buildings, as well as developing additional markets and connecting more 
MTOBs and CNDCs to our network. We are also upgrading our network and operational infrastructure to provide wave and optical 
transport services in more of our on - net buildings. We emphasize our on-net services because they generate greater profit margins 
and we have more control over service levels, quality and pricing, and our on-net services are provisioned in considerably less time 
than our off-net services. Our fiber network connects directly to our on-net customers’ premises and we pay no local access (“last 
mile”) charges to other carriers to provide our on-net services. 
Continue to Improve our Sales Efforts and Productivity. A critical factor in our success has been our investment and focus on our 
sales and marketing efforts. We seek to maintain a consistent level of sales productivity as measured by the number of connections 
sold per salesperson per month, considering adjustments to the changing mix of products sold and installed. In order to gain market 
share in our targeted businesses, we expect to continue our sales efforts including introducing strategies and tools to optimize and 
improve our sales productivity. We also intend to leverage the skills and relationships of our sales force to sell new service offerings, 
in particular, optical wavelength and optical transport services. We have developed several training programs that are directed toward 
increasing our sales representative tenure and increasing our sales representative productivity. In addition, we have required all of our 
employees to work in the office on a full-time basis, thereby providing additional opportunities for management coaching and 
oversight in order to increase productivity. 
Expand our Off-net Corporate and Enterprise Internet Access and VPN Business. We have agreements with over 700 national 
and international carriers providing us last mile network access to over 6 million commercial buildings that are lit by fiber optic cable 
in the countries we serve and that are not currently served by our network. We believe these agreements broaden our addressable 
market for corporate dedicated Internet access and private network services and enhances our competitive position through the ability 
to provide enterprise-wide connectivity for corporate customers. In order to take advantage of this large set of commercial buildings, 
we have developed an automated process to enable our salesforce to identify opportunities in the off-net market for dedicated Internet 
access and private network services and to quickly offer pricing proposals to potential customers. We continue to negotiate reduced 
pricing under our numerous carrier agreements that enable us to reduce our cost of off-net services, which enhances our competitive 
position in the marketplace. 

Page 9 of 96 
Expand our Product Offerings to Include Wavelength - Optical Transport Services. In connection with our acquisition of the 
Sprint Business, we expanded our offerings of optical wavelength - optical transport services over our fiber network. We are selling 
these services to our existing customers, customers acquired with the Sprint Business and to new customers who require dedicated 
optical transport connectivity without the capital and ongoing expenses associated with owning and operating network infrastructure. 
We currently offer wavelength services in 808 data centers in the United States, Mexico and Canada. We believe our wavelength 
service has the advantages of unique routes, ubiquitous service locations, faster provisioning times and lower prices. 
Expand our Data Center Footprint. We currently operate 104 of our own data centers across the United States and Europe. As 
part of our acquisition of the Sprint Business, we acquired multiple Sprint facilities that previously housed Sprint equipment. We 
evaluated the suitability of these facilities for conversion to commercial data center space and began repurposing suitable facilities. 
Repurposing these facilities included removing unused, obsolete equipment and racks, and upgrading or installing new HVAC 
systems, uninterruptable power supplies (“UPS”), backup generators and fire suppression systems as well as other structural changes. 
By December 31, 2024, we had converted the former Sprint facilities into 48 Cogent data centers and 55 Cogent edge data centers. In 
connection with this conversion process, we expect to decommission certain legacy Cogent data centers. 
Increase our Leasing of IPv4 Address Space. We lease IPv4 address space to our customers, both on a standalone basis and as a 
complement to a customer’s Internet access services with us. We provide a small number of free IPv4 addresses to our dedicated 
Internet access customers as well. We currently own approximately 38 million IPv4 addresses, of which 9.9 million were recently 
acquired at the closing of the Sprint Business acquisition. We currently lease 13.0 million of our IPv4 addresses to our customers on 
contracts with service terms ranging from one month to five years. We intend to continue to lease IPv4 addresses to our customers as 
well as explore alternatives for monetizing our IPv4 address inventory. 
Our Network 
Our network is comprised of in-building riser facilities, metropolitan optical networks, metropolitan traffic aggregation points and 
inter-city transport facilities. We believe that we deliver a high level of technical performance because our network is optimized for 
packet routed traffic. We believe that our network is more reliable and carries packet routed traffic at lower cost than networks built as 
overlays to traditional circuit-switched telephone networks. 
Our network is comprised of 3,453 on-net buildings and we serve 264 metropolitan markets in North America, Europe South 
America, Oceania and Africa. Important strategic components of our network include: 
 
1,871 MTOBs strategically located in commercial business districts; 
 
1,646 CNDCs located in 1,478 buildings offering our customers the largest portfolio of CNDCs of any carrier; 
 
104 Cogent Data Centers; 
 
808 wave enabled CNDC’s; 
 
55 Cogent edge data centers; 
 
1,132 intra-city IP networks, or rings, and 203 metro wave rings, consisting of 87,678 fiber miles and 29,802 fiber route 
miles; 
 
an inter-city network of 79,621 terrestrial fiber route miles; and 
 
320 high-capacity transoceanic circuits that connect the North American, European, South American, Oceanic and African 
portions of our network. 
Our network consists of owned optical fiber in the Sprint Network and leased optical fiber on a long-term basis from carriers with 
large amounts of unused fiber to which we directly connect our own optical equipment and Internet routers to form our optical fiber 
national backbone. We have expanded our network by acquiring owned and leased fiber through key acquisitions of financially 
distressed companies or their assets at a significant discount to their original cost. Due to our network design and acquisition strategy, 
we believe we are positioned to grow our revenue and increase our profitability with incremental capital expenditures. 

Page 10 of 96 
Inter-city Network. 
Our inter-city network consists of optical fiber, including transoceanic capacity circuits for undersea portions, connecting major 
cities in North America, Europe, South America, Oceania and Africa. Our inter-city network is comprised of the approximately 
19,000-mile inter-city portion of the Sprint Network and long-term, leased strands of optical fiber, typically two to four, out of the 
multiple fibers owned from various dark fiber vendors. We install the optical and electronic equipment necessary to amplify, 
regenerate, and route the optical signals along this network. We maintain, repair, upgrade and replace the Sprint Network and we pay 
our dark fiber vendors our annual pro rata fees for these same services, often called “operation and maintenance” for the leased optical 
fiber. For both the owned and leased portions of our fiber network, we provide our own equipment maintenance. 
Intra-city Networks. 
In each metropolitan area in which we provide our high-speed on-net Internet access services, our backbone network is connected 
to one or more routers that are connected to one or more of our metropolitan optical networks. Our intra-city networks are a 
combination of the 1,300 miles of owned Sprint Network and our IRU rights to use optical fiber that we obtained from carriers with 
optical fiber networks in those cities. These metropolitan networks consist of optical fiber that runs from the central router in a market 
into routers located in our on-net buildings. Our metropolitan fiber runs in a ring architecture, which provides redundancy so that if the 
fiber is cut, data in our IP network can still be transmitted to the central router by directing traffic in the opposite direction around the 
ring. The router in the building provides the connection to each of our on-net customers. 
Within the cities where we offer our off-net Internet access services, we lease lit circuits from telecommunications carriers, 
primarily local telephone companies and cable TV companies, to provide the “last mile” connection to our customer’s premises. 
Typically, these circuits are aggregated at various locations in those cities onto higher-capacity leased circuits that ultimately connect 
the local aggregation router to our network. 
Multi-Tenant Office Buildings. We have network access to a portfolio of 1,871 MTOBs which provide us access to a highly 
attractive base of bandwidth intensive tenants. In MTOBs where we provide service to multiple tenants, we connect our routers to a 
cable typically containing 12 to 288 optical fiber strands that run from our equipment that is generally located in the basement of the 
building through the building riser to the customer location. Our service is initiated by connecting a fiber optic cable from our 
customer’s local area network in its suite to the infrastructure in the building riser giving our customer dedicated and secure access to 
our network using an Ethernet connection. We believe that Ethernet is the lowest cost network connection technology and is almost 
universally used for the local area networks that businesses operate. 
Carrier Neutral Data Centers. Our network is collocated in and can provide connectivity to customers in 1,646 CNDCs located in 
1,478 buildings across our footprint. CNDCs are an integral component of the Internet infrastructure where content providers, 
application service providers, carriers and corporate customers locate their server and service infrastructure. CNDCs offer highly 
reliable, secure, cost effective and convenient space for these operators to access important services including connectivity, power, 
rack space and security all on a 24-hour basis in order to support their Internet activities, and after our acquisition of the Sprint 
Business, wavelength services. We believe we are connected to more CNDCs than any other IP transit provider, enabling us to offer 
greater coverage, more network configuration choices and increased reliability for our net-centric customers. We operate an intra-city 
fiber network to CNDCs optimized for IP services and optical wavelength services in the US and Mexico. 
Cogent Data Centers. We operate 104 data centers across the United States and in Europe. These facilities comprise over 1.9 
million square feet of floor space with 177 MW of available power and are directly connected to our network. We also operate 55 
Cogent edge data centers. Each location is equipped with secure access, UPS, and backup generators. Our customers typically 
purchase bandwidth, rack space, and power within these facilities. 
Internetworking. The Internet is an aggregation of interconnected networks. Larger ISPs exchange traffic and interconnect their 
networks by means of direct private connections referred to as private peering. We interconnect with the networks of our customers, 
which represent the majority of our interconnections and network traffic, through the sale of our transit services. We currently 
interconnect with 8,250 networks that pay us to exchange traffic as our customers. We supplement our customer network 
interconnections with settlement-free peering to our non-customer tier one global ISPs. We have settlement-free private peering 
interconnections between our network and 23 other major ISPs who are not our customers. 

Page 11 of 96 
Tier 1 ISP Status. We directly connect with 8,250 total networks. As a result of the size and breadth of our customer base and the 
extensive footprint and scale of our network, we are a Tier 1 ISP. We currently exchange traffic with 23 other Tier 1 ISPs on a 
settlement free basis. The remaining networks are customers whom we charge for Internet access. We believe our standing as a Tier 1 
ISP provides us with a reputation for size, breadth and reliability. These relationships also reduce our cost of operating the network 
versus non-Tier 1 ISP peer networks who must compensate other networks in order to deliver a significant portion of their traffic. 
Peering agreements between ISPs enable them to exchange traffic.Without settlement-free peering agreements, each ISP 
backbone would have to buy Internet access from every other ISP backbone in order for its customer’s traffic to reach and be received 
from customers of other ISP backbones. We are considered a Tier 1 ISP with a large customer base, and, as a result, we have 
settlement-free peering arrangements with other providers with which we wish to peer. We do not purchase transit services or paid 
peering to reach any portion of the Internet. This allows us to exchange traffic with those ISPs without payment by either party. In 
such arrangements, each party exchanging traffic bears its own cost of delivering traffic to the point at which it is handed off to the 
other party. We do not treat our settlement-free peering arrangements as generating revenue or expense related to the traffic 
exchanged. We do not sell or purchase paid peering on our transit network. 
Network Management and Customer Care. Following our acquisition of the Sprint Business, our primary network operations 
centers are located in Washington, D.C., Herndon, Virginia, Overland Park, Kansas and Madrid, Spain. These facilities provide 
continuous operational support for our network. Our network operations centers are designed to immediately respond to any problems 
in our network. Our customer care call centers are located in Washington, D.C., Herndon, Virginia, Atlanta, Georgia, and Madrid, 
Spain. To ensure the quick replacement of faulty equipment in the intra-city and long-haul networks, we have deployed field engineers 
across North America and Europe. In addition, we have maintenance contracts with third-party vendors that specialize in maintaining 
optical and routed networks. 
Field Services. Our field services organization includes over 350 employees globally. The department facilitates the deployment, 
maintenance, and support of products or services in our data centers, network points of presence (“PoPs”), CNDCs and MTOBs. This 
department is responsible for on-site activities, ranging from initial installations and configurations to troubleshooting, repairs, and 
upgrades. Field Services is also responsible for deployment, repair and reconfiguration of the approximately 20,800 route miles of 
owned fiber optic cable comprising the Sprint Network. 
Our Customers 
We offer our services to three sets of customers: corporate customers, which primarily include small and medium-sized 
businesses located in North America, enterprise customers, and net-centric customers, which include, content providers, applications 
service providers and access networks, comprised of ISPs, cable operators, mobile operators and phone companies located in North 
America, Europe South America, Oceania and Africa. 
Our corporate customers primarily purchase our services from us on-net in MTOBs and CNDCs or off-net through other carriers’ 
“last mile” connections to those customer facilities in metropolitan markets in North America. This service enables these customers to 
access the Internet with a high-speed, bi-directional, symmetric circuit with a high degree of reliability and 100% access to that 
contractual capacity at all times. Depending upon the geographic breadth of our customers’ footprint and their communications 
requirements, we also sell these corporate customers private network services. Private network services provide connectivity on a 
point to point or point to multi-point basis. This service allows customers to connect geographically dispersed local area networks in a 
seamless manner. We primarily offer these corporate customers speeds ranging from 100 Mbps per second to 1 Gbps per second and 
in some cases up to 10 Gbps per second. The continued growth in demand for increased bandwidth has led to a rapid shift towards 
higher capacity circuits. 
We have agreements with multiple national, international and regional carriers providing us “last mile” network access to over 6 
million buildings. We believe these agreements broaden our addressable market for corporate dedicated internet access, VPN services 
and/or MPLS and enable us to better leverage the skills and capacity of our direct salesforce. As our sales of off-net services have 
increased, the pricing in our carrier agreements has commensurately decreased in light of our increased volume. 
Our net-centric customers purchase our services in our 1,646 CNDCs as well as our 104 data centers and 55 Cogent edge data 
centers for a total of 1,805 data centers. We support these services in 264 metropolitan markets in 56 countries across the world. These 
bandwidth intensive organizations typically purchase circuits ranging from 10 Gbps up to 400 Gbps, designed to provide them high-
speed, bi-directional, symmetric circuits with a high degree of reliability and 100% access to the contractual capacity at all times. In 
addition to contractual capacity, certain net-centric customers also purchase metered service that enables customers to pay for actual 
volume of bits delivered on a per bit per second basis. We also offer a burst product that allows net-centric customers to utilize 

Page 12 of 96 
capacity when they exceed their contractual capacity. The per bit charge for this burst capacity typically exceeds the rate for 
contractual services. Overall, we believe that, on a per megabit basis, our service offering is one of the lowest priced in the 
marketplace. We also offer colocation services in our data centers. This service offers Internet access combined with rack space and 
power in our facilities, allowing the customer to locate a server or other equipment at that location and connect to our Internet access 
service. We currently offer wavelength services in 808 CNDCs, in the United States and Mexico.  
We began to serve enterprise customers in connection with our acquisition of the Sprint Business. We define “enterprise” 
customers as large corporations (typically, Fortune 500 companies or companies with greater than $5 billion in annual revenue) 
running Wide Area Networks with several dozen to several hundred sites. Enterprise customers generally purchase dedicated internet 
access, MPLS based VPN’s and other services in on-net and off-net locations. Our enterprise customers generally purchase our 
services on a price-per-location basis. 
We offer lower prices for longer term and volume commitments. We emphasize the sale of our on-net services over our off-net 
services, as on-net services generate higher gross margins, and we believe we can offer faster installation and greater reliability with 
our on-net offering 
Our People – Human Capital Management 
We strive to become a leading employer in our industry by creating a workplace where employees have the tools and resources 
they need to hone their talents, advance in their careers and be rewarded for their hard work. We also seek to create a diverse 
workplace that is respectful of all employees, as we believe this is critical to fostering an employee culture that can deliver the best 
service in our industry to our customers. Our human capital objectives and initiatives are overseen by the Compensation Committee of 
our Board of Directors. 
Workforce. 
As of December 31, 2024, we had 1,916 employees located in 25 different countries in a variety of different roles. Approximately 
88% of our employees are located in the United States, Canada and Mexico, 11% are located in Europe, 2% are located in Oceania 
and 0.2% in South America. As of December 31, 2024, 34% of our employees were quota-bearing sales representatives, 10% were in 
sales management or sales support roles and 56% were in operational or administrative functions. Unions represent 30 of our 
employees in France and 4 of our employees in Sweden. The employees of the Sprint Business that operate in Germany are governed 
by a works council. We believe that we have a satisfactory relationship with our employees. 
Diversity and Inclusion. We strive to maintain a diverse and inclusive workforce everywhere we operate. We recruit the best 
people for the job without regard to gender, race, ethnicity or other protected traits, and it is our policy to comply fully with all 
domestic, foreign and local laws relating to discrimination in the workplace. At the direction of our Board of Directors, we mandated 
training for all of our employees on topics of diversity and inclusion. All employees are required to complete online training in 
unconscious bias, and managers are further required to complete additional training in inclusion. We intend to continually reinforce 
our commitment to global inclusion and diversity. 
Employee Retention. We compete in an industry that is highly competitive for talent. Attracting, developing and retaining skilled 
people in sales, technical and other positions is crucial to executing our strategy and our ability to compete effectively. While we 
monitor overall employee retention, we focus in particular on sales representative retention with objective performance criteria, as our 
new sales and revenue growth are driven almost entirely by the sales generated by our direct sales force. As a complement to our sales 
representative retention metric, we also closely track the pace of hiring new sales representatives. 
Our sales and marketing organization comprises 45% of our employees and our sales representatives comprise 34% of our 
employees. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we averaged a 5.7% monthly churn rate within our sales representatives. This 
churn was caused primarily by failures to meet sales performance goals as well as departures precipitated, we believe, by our decision 
to require all employees to adhere to a full-time, in office work environment as well as a tightening labor market creating increased 
competition when hiring. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we hired 443 new sales representatives and ended the year with 
650 sales representatives, a net decrease of 7 sales representatives from our total sales representatives at December 31, 2023. Our 
ability to recruit and retain all of our employees depends on a number of factors, including professional development, compensation 
and benefits, and employee engagement. 

Page 13 of 96 
A total of 942 employees transitioned to the Company on the Closing Date in connection with the acquisition of the Sprint 
Business. From the Closing Date through December 31, 2024,624 of these employees remained - we terminated 151 of these 
employees and 167 voluntarily resigned after a material reduction in their job duties. We paid approximately $28.6 million in 
severance costs, to qualifying employees, in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement. We were fully reimbursed for 
these severance costs by the Seller. 
Professional Development. We recognize the importance of retaining our employees, and we continually strive to improve the 
performance of our personnel to reduce turnover. To that end, we have invested heavily in professional development as a means for 
improving performance. 
As part of our commitment to professional development of our sales personnel, we established a sales training and enablement 
department that provides both online and in-person training. Our 15 regional learning managers and management development trainers 
are located around the world and are available for intensive, in-person group training as well as individual training with sales 
representatives who may need extra assistance. For the year ended December 31, 2024, our ratio of sales representatives with less than 
12 months of tenure to regional learning managers was 20 to 1. 
Our training group includes two additional trainers dedicated exclusively to training sales management, one trainer dedicated 
exclusively to our field services team, one technical trainer, one on-line curriculum trainer, one trainer dedicated to network operations 
and customer service, one trainer for customer care and three project managers. Our trainers also conduct training in our offices to 
learn new skills and reinforce existing skills. 
All sales personnel receive live, interactive training during their first month of employment, which focuses on developing both 
general and Cogent-specific sales skills. New sales personnel are also encouraged to, and rewarded for, completing a self-paced, 
online curriculum led by their manager during their first six months. Both recent and tenured sales personnel have access to online, 
on-demand training modules and the opportunity to obtain certification in specialized services. Our CEO addresses each new hire 
class in an interactive training session. 
Compensation and Benefits. We are committed to rewarding, supporting, and developing our employees. To that end, we offer a 
comprehensive compensation program that includes market-competitive pay, stock options or restricted stock grants to all eligible 
employees, healthcare benefits, life insurance, a retirement savings plan, and paid time off and family leave. 
Employee Engagement. To foster and reinforce a company culture where employee concerns are heard, our Chief Executive 
Officer conducts biweekly town hall meetings to respond to employee questions, which may be submitted anonymously. On alternate 
weeks, we conduct online town hall chats during which a rotating member of the executive team is available to answer questions from 
our employees. We believe these open and unfiltered channels of communication lead to honest feedback from our employees to our 
management team. 
Health and Safety. The health and safety of our employees is of utmost important to us, and we take all necessary precautions to 
safeguard our employees. While nearly all of our employees work solely in office environments, for our field personnel, we provide 
safety gear as appropriate given employee job duties. We also provide training to our field personnel in a variety of workplace safety 
topics. With respect to our decision to require all employees to work in an in-office environment, we continue to mandate that all 
employees in the United States and Canada, except those with legal exemptions, be vaccinated against the against the COVID-19 
virus. 
Sales and Marketing 
Direct Sales. We employ a direct sales and marketing approach. As of December 31, 2024, our sales force included 843 full-time 
employees. Our quota-bearing sales force includes 650 employees with 347 employees focused primarily on the corporate market, 288 
employees focused primarily on the net-centric market and 15 employees focused primarily on the enterprise market. As of December 
31, 2023, our sales force included 847 full-time employees. Our quota-bearing sales force includes 657 employees with 374 
employees focused primarily on the corporate market, 271 employees focused primarily on the net-centric market and 12 employees 
focused primarily on the enterprise market. Our sales personnel work through direct contact with potential customers in, or intending 
to locate in, our on-net buildings. Through agreements with building owners and CNDC operators, we are able to initiate and maintain 
personal contact with our customers by staging various promotional and social events in our MTOBs and CNDCs. Sales personnel are 
compensated with a base salary plus quota-based commissions and incentives. We use a customer relationship management system to 
efficiently track sales activity levels and sales productivity. 

Page 14 of 96 
Indirect Sales. In 2024, we discontinued our indirect sales program, as we determined that it was not financially effective. 
Marketing. Because of our historical focus on a direct sales force that utilizes direct contact, we have not spent funds on 
television, radio or print advertising. We use a limited amount of web-based advertising. Our marketing efforts are designed to drive 
awareness of our products and services, to identify qualified leads through various direct marketing campaigns and to provide our 
sales force with product brochures, collateral materials, in building marketing events and relevant sales tools to improve the overall 
effectiveness of our sales organization. In addition, we conduct building events and public relations efforts focused on cultivating 
industry analyst and media relationships with the goal of securing media coverage and public recognition of our Internet access, 
colocation and private network services. 
Competition 
We face competition from incumbent telephone and cable companies, and facilities-based network operators, many of whom are 
much larger than us, have significantly greater financial resources, sales and marketing capabilities, better-established brand names 
and large, existing installed customer bases in the markets in which we compete. With respect to our new optical wave and transport 
service, our competitors have offered these services for many years and have established customer bases and processes and practices. 
We also face competition from new entrants to the communications services market. Many of these companies offer products and 
services that are similar to our products and services. 
For the portions of our network that are leased under IRUs from providers, some of which compete with us, we do not have title 
to the dark fiber. We rely on the owner of this leased fiber to maintain the fiber. We also depend on third-party providers, some of 
which compete with us, to provide intercity and intracity fiber as well as the lateral fiber connections required to add buildings to our 
network and to provide the local loop facilities for the provision of connections to our off-net customers. 
We believe that competition is based on many factors, including price, transmission speed, ease of access and use, length of time 
to provision service, breadth of service availability, reliability of service, customer support, billing simplicity and brand recognition. 
While the Internet access speeds offered by traditional ISPs serving MTOBs using DSL or cable modems typically do not match our 
on-net offerings in terms of throughput or quality, these slower services are usually priced lower than our offerings and thus provide 
competitive pressure on pricing, particularly for more price-sensitive customers. These and other downward pricing pressures, 
particularly in CNDCs, have diminished, and may further diminish, the competitive advantages that we have enjoyed as the result of 
the pricing of our services. Increasingly, traditional ISPs are upgrading their services using optical fiber and cable technology so that 
they can match our transmission speed and quality. 
The acquisition of the Sprint Network has provided additional competitive benefits. While the Sprint Network was built in the 
1980s (the nation’s first transcontinental fiber network), we believe it is of high quality and superior to many newer networks. First, it 
has had only one owner, which ensures accurate and up-to-date records and mapping. Second, it has been well maintained by a 
tenured engineering and field team, many of whom transitioned with the acquisition and remain employed with the Company. Third, 
the fiber is buried deeper than newer networks with stronger sheathing, mitigating some of the damage caused by inadvertent cuts. 
Lastly, it is one consistent standard of fiber – SMF28 - which is ideal for the requirements of today’s traffic, particularly wave 
services, with the new optronics we are adding to the network. 
Regulation 
Our network services are subject to the regulatory authority of various agencies in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As a 
provider of only Internet access and private networks to businesses, regulation is generally not significant. This benefits us in that we 
have flexibility in offering our services and ease of entry into new markets. However, this level of regulation generally extends to our 
competitors, some of whom are incumbent telephone and cable companies with whom we need to interconnect and from whom we 
acquire circuits for our off-net services. The extent of regulation can change. 
In January 2025, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit struck down the U.S. Federal Communications Commission 
(“FCC”) 2024 Net Neutrality Order. In the 2024 Net Neutrality Order, the FCC classified broadband as a telecommunications service. 
In setting aside the 2024 Net Neutrality Order, the Sixth Circuit held that broadband providers offer only an information service and 
therefore the FCC lacked the statutory authority to impose net-neutrality policies through Title II of the Communications Act of 1934. 
The decision by the Sixth Circuit does not apply to state laws protecting net neutrality. For example, the California Internet 
Consumer Protection and Net Neutrality Act, previously upheld by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit in 2022, is not 
impacted by the January 2025 ruling. 

Page 15 of 96 
In all jurisdictions regulations continue to evolve. We also enter into new markets with their own regulations. The regulations 
with which we need to comply include obtaining the proper licenses to provide our services, data privacy, and interception of 
communications by law enforcement, blocking of websites, net-neutrality in California and other states in the U.S. and other 
regulations. We believe that we comply with all regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. 
The laws related to Internet telecommunications are unsettled and there may be new legislation and court decisions that may 
affect our services and expose us to burdensome requirements and liabilities. 
Our fiber network and associated facilities and equipment particularly in the United States are also subject to the regulatory 
authority of various agencies in which the network and facilities are located. These regulations include environmental, health and 
safety reporting and compliance. We have established a compliance team to manage this effort. 
Available Information 
We maintain an Internet website at www.cogentco.com. We make available through a link on our Internet website our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports 
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The reports are also made available through a link to the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)’s Internet website at www.sec.gov. You can find these reports and request a copy of our 
Code of Conduct on our website at www.cogentco.com under the “About Cogent” tab at the “Investor Relations” link under “Reports” 
and under “Governance” at “Corporate Governance Documents.” 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 
Market Risks 
Our growth and financial health are subject to a number of economic risks. 
A downturn in the world economy, especially the economies of North America and Europe, would negatively impact our growth. 
Our net-centric business would be particularly impacted by a decline in the development of new applications and businesses that make 
use of the Internet. Our corporate business would be particularly impacted by an increase in vacancy rates in the MTOBs that we 
serve. Our total revenue growth is predicated on growth in the use of the Internet that makes up for the declining prices of Internet 
service. An economic downturn could impact the Internet business more significantly than other businesses that are less dependent on 
new applications and growth in the use of those applications and less susceptible to increases in office vacancy rates resulting from the 
retrenchment by consumers and businesses that typically occurs in an economic downturn. 
Our historical reductions in our prices are expected to continue in an inflationary economy even as our costs may increase. 
Many of the regions in which we operate continue to experience an increase in or elevated inflation rates. Due to the nature of our 
product offerings and the industry in which we operate, which is deflationary, we may be unable to raise our prices. We expect that 
our historical pricing patterns will continue for the foreseeable future. 
These historical pricing patterns are occurring against the backdrop of a general increase in prices due to inflation. In particular, 
the cost of electricity has increased greatly in all countries where we purchase power. While we have negotiated contracts that cap 
price increases due to inflation or that have fixed the price of electricity, we have experienced and may continue to experience 
increases in the costs of electricity and other services that we cannot pass on to our customers or may only be able to pass on partially 
to our customers. If these price increases continue, this may impact our profitability. 
Events beyond our control may impact our ability to provide our services to our customers or increase the costs or reduce the 
profitability of providing our services. 
Catastrophic events, such as major natural disasters, extreme weather, fire, flooding, pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic 
or similar events as well as the continued threat of terrorist activity and other acts of war or hostility have had, and may continue to 
have, an adverse effect on our headquarters, other offices, our network, infrastructure or equipment or our customers and prospective 
customers, which could adversely affect our business. These events may also have an adverse impact on business, financial and 
general economic conditions around the world. We have certain locations through which a large amount of our Internet traffic passes. 
Examples are facilities in which we exchange traffic with other carriers, the facilities through which our transoceanic traffic passes, 
and certain of our network hub sites. We are particularly vulnerable to acts of terrorism because our largest customer concentration is 

Page 16 of 96 
located in New York, our headquarters is located in Washington, D.C., and we have significant operations in Paris, Madrid and 
London, cities that have historically been targets for terrorist attacks and may be vulnerable to pandemics. 
If these or any other of our key facilities were destroyed or seriously damaged, a significant amount of our network traffic could 
be disrupted. Because of the large volume of traffic passing through these facilities our ability (and the ability of carriers with whom 
we exchange traffic) to quickly restore service would be challenged. There could be parts of our network or the networks of other 
carriers that could not be quickly restored or that would experience substantially reduced service for a significant time. If such a 
disruption occurs, our reputation could be negatively impacted, which may cause us to lose customers and adversely affect our ability 
to attract new customers, resulting in an adverse effect on our business and operating results. 
Risks Relating to Our Acquisition of the Sprint Business 
We may not realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of the Sprint Business, and the integration of the Sprint Business 
may disrupt our business and management. 
The success of our acquisition of the Sprint Business, including the realization of anticipated benefits and cost savings, will 
depend, in part, on our ability to successfully combine our business and the Sprint Business. The integration may be more difficult, 
costly or time consuming than expected. The integration process involves numerous risks. These risks include: 
 
inability to achieve the financial and strategic goals for the Sprint Business and the combined businesses; 
 
inability to achieve the projected cost savings for the Sprint Business and the combined businesses and the resulting impact 
on profitability; 
 
difficulty in, and the cost of, effectively integrating the operations, technologies, products or services, and personnel of the 
Sprint Business; 
 
entry into markets in which we have minimal prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market 
positions; 
 
disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of our management and other employees from other opportunities and 
challenges; 
 
inability to retain key personnel of the Sprint Business; 
 
inability to retain key customers, vendors and other business partners of the Sprint Business or to migrate customers from 
legacy the Sprint Business services; 
 
any non-occurrence of anticipated tax benefits or potential for adverse tax consequences; 
 
the effects of complex accounting requirements on our reported results; 
 
incurring acquisition-related costs or amortization costs for acquired intangible assets that could impact our operating results; 
 
elevated delinquency or bad debt write-offs related to receivables of the Sprint Business; 
 
impairment of our relationships with employees, customers, partners, distributors or third-party providers of our technologies, 
products or services; 
 
failure of our due diligence processes to identify significant problems, liabilities or other challenges of the Sprint Business or 
technology; 
 
exposure to litigation or other claims in connection with, or inheritance of claims or litigation risk as a result of, the 
Transaction, such as claims from terminated employees, customers, or other third parties; 
 
delay in customer purchasing decisions due to uncertainty about the direction of our product and service offerings; 

Page 17 of 96 
 
Transition Services (as defined below) costs for longer than anticipated; 
 
increased accounts receivables collection times and working capital requirements associated with business models of the 
Sprint Business; and 
 
incompatibility of business cultures. 
If we experience difficulties during the integration process and are unable to integrate the Sprint Business successfully or in a 
timely manner, we may not realize the benefits of the Transaction to the extent anticipated. These integration matters could have an 
adverse effect on us during the transition period and on the combined company for an undetermined period after completion of the 
Transaction. 
Business Risks 
We need to retain existing customers and continue to add new customers in order to become consistently profitable and cash flow 
positive. 
In order to be consistently profitable and consistently cash flow positive, we need to both retain existing customers and continue 
to add a large number of new customers. The precise number of additional customers required is dependent on a number of factors, 
including the turnover of existing customers, the pricing of our product offerings and the revenue mix among our customers. We may 
not succeed in adding customers if our sales and marketing efforts are unsuccessful. In addition, many of our targeted customers are 
businesses that are already purchasing Internet access services from one or more providers, often under a contractual commitment. It 
has been our experience that such targeted customers are often reluctant to switch providers due to costs and effort associated with 
switching providers. Further, as some of our customers grow larger, they may decide to build their own Internet backbone networks or 
enter into direct connection agreements with telephone and cable companies that provide Internet service to consumers. A migration 
of a few very large Internet users to their own networks, or to closed networks that may be offered by major telephone and cable 
providers of last mile broadband connections to consumers, or the loss or reduced purchases from several significant customers could 
impair our growth, cash flow and profitability. 
We have customers who depend on the U.S. government’s E-rate program for funding. There can be no assurance that the E-rate 
program will continue or that other governmental programs that fund governments and organizations that are or might become 
customers will continue. A failure of such programs to continue could result in a loss of customers and impair our growth, cash flow 
and profitability. 
A substantial and long-term shift to remote work may impact our ability to add new customers and to retain existing customers. 
Through much of 2022, 2023, and 2024, we saw corporate customers continue their remote work policies and take a cautious 
approach to new services and upgrades, as well as a reduced demand for connecting smaller satellite offices. We also witnessed a 
deteriorating real estate market in and around the buildings we service, with rising vacancy levels and falling lease initiations or 
renewals resulting in fewer sales opportunities for our salesforce. As a result, we experienced a slowdown in new sales to our 
corporate customers which negatively impacted our corporate revenue growth. If a significant number of our corporate customers or 
potential customers decide to retain remote work policies, we may experience increased customer turnover, fewer upgrades of existing 
customer configurations and fewer new tenant opportunities. These trends may negatively impact our revenue growth, cash flows and 
profitability. 
Lower vacancy rates as a result of diminished lease terminations and increased leasing and subleasing activity will be a key factor 
in driving renewed growth in our corporate business. 
During the COVID-19 pandemic, we saw increasing vacancy rates in many of our buildings due to higher lease terminations and 
lower leasing activity. Throughout the year ended December 31, 2024, we observed a gradual reduction in vacancy rates and an 
upward trend in office occupancy rates but elevated vacancy rates remain in a number of markets, predominantly in California, 
Washington D.C. and the Pacific Northwest. Concurrently, there were encouraging developments in our corporate business. Despite 
these positive indicators, the precise timing and trajectory of these trends remain uncertain. The lingering effects of the pandemic 
introduce an element of unpredictability, and we may continue to see increased corporate customer turnover, fewer upgrades of 
existing corporate customer configurations and fewer new tenant opportunities, which would negatively affect our corporate revenue 
growth. The elimination of non-core and low margin products also has a negative impact on our corporate revenue results. 

Page 18 of 96 
Our business and operations are growing rapidly, and we may not be able to efficiently manage our growth. 
We have grown our Company rapidly through network expansion, by obtaining new customers through our sales efforts and by 
our acquisition of the Sprint Business. Our expansion places significant strains on our management, operational and financial 
infrastructure. Our ability to manage our growth will be particularly dependent upon our ability to: 
 
expand, develop and retain an effective sales force and qualified personnel; 
 
maintain the quality of our operations and our service offerings; 
 
maintain and enhance our system of internal controls to ensure timely and accurate compliance with our financial and 
regulatory reporting requirements; and 
 
expand our accounting and operational information systems in order to support our growth. 
If we fail to implement these measures successfully, our ability to manage our growth will be impaired. 
We may be unable to retain existing enterprise customers, maintain the level of services provided to enterprise customers or attract 
new enterprise customers. 
In connection with the acquisition of the Sprint Business, we acquired an enterprise customer base, a type of customer that we 
have not traditionally served. We have established an enterprise sales team within our sales force to focus on retaining these customers 
and attracting new enterprise customers. Enterprise customers differ from our existing corporate and net-centric customers in that they 
have larger, more geographically diverse operations that require a greater percentage of off-net services from us. In addition, 
enterprise customers are more likely to require customized solutions and processes and to look for a single provider to meet their 
connectivity needs. A number of our acquired enterprise customers purchased non-core services that we are in the process of 
eliminating, and this may cause such customers to look to other providers who offer a broader set of services. We may encounter 
difficulties retaining such customers, in converting such customers from their legacy services to newer technologies or in attracting 
new enterprise customers. Our inability to retain or attract such customers or to convert them to our services, could impair our growth, 
cash flow and profitability. The elimination of non-core and low margin products also has a negative impact on our enterprise revenue 
results. 
Demand from certain employees to work remotely may reduce the attractiveness of our business as an employer versus some 
competitors who are allowing employees to work remotely. 
In the fall of 2021, we began to implement an in-office work policy designed to return the vast majority of our employees to an 
in-office work environment. Except for a brief return to remote work at the beginning of 2022 for a portion of our workforce, we have, 
with the exception of a limited number of employees who become eligible for hybrid work on a quarterly basis, maintained our 
requirement that all employees work in our offices wherever possible. A small minority of our workforce declined to return to full-
time in-office employment and left our employment. We are experiencing modest competitive challenges versus some competitors 
who are offering some employees a hybrid work option. Increasing demands to work in a hybrid work style may reduce our ability to 
attract and retain employees, in particular attracting and retaining salespeople. 
We may not successfully make or integrate acquisitions or enter into strategic alliances. 
As part of our growth strategy, we may pursue selected acquisitions and strategic alliances. To date, we have completed 14 
significant acquisitions, including our recent acquisition of the Sprint Business. However, we are very selective with respect to such 
acquisitions and alliances and, prior to the acquisition of the Sprint Business, we had not undertaken either for more than 17 years. We 
compete with other companies for acquisition opportunities and we cannot assure you that we will be able to execute future 
acquisitions or strategic alliances on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if we enter into these transactions, we may 
experience: 
 
delays in realizing or a failure to realize the benefits we anticipate; 
 
difficulties or higher-than-anticipated costs associated with integrating any acquired companies, products or services into our 
existing business; 

Page 19 of 96 
 
attrition of key personnel from acquired businesses; 
 
additional costs or charges associated with the repurposing or retirement of acquired assets or the elimination of acquired 
non-core products and services; 
 
unexpected costs or charges; 
 
unforeseen operating difficulties that require significant financial and managerial resources that would otherwise be available 
for the ongoing development or expansion of our existing operations; and 
 
unforeseen difficulties or costs associated with the repurposing of the Sprint Network and buildings acquired with the Sprint 
Business. 
In the past, our acquisitions have often included assets, service offerings and financial obligations that are not compatible with our 
core business strategy. We have expended management attention and other resources to the divestiture of assets, modification of 
products and systems as well as restructuring financial obligations of acquired operations. In most acquisitions, we have been 
successful in renegotiating the agreements that we have acquired. If we are unable to satisfactorily renegotiate such agreements in the 
future or with respect to future acquisitions, we may be exposed to large claims for payment for services and facilities we do not need. 
Consummating these transactions could also result in the incurrence of additional debt and related interest expense, as well as 
unforeseen contingent liabilities, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. Because we have typically purchased financially distressed companies or their assets, and may continue to do so in the 
future, we have largely not had, and may not in the future have, the opportunity to perform extensive due diligence or obtain 
contractual protections and indemnifications that are customarily provided in acquisitions. As a result, we may face unexpected 
contingent liabilities arising from these acquisitions. We may also issue additional equity in connection with these transactions, which 
would dilute our existing shareholders. 
Following an acquisition, we have experienced a decline in revenue attributable to acquired customers as these customers’ 
contracts have expired and they have entered into our standard customer contracts at generally lower rates or have chosen not to renew 
service with us. We anticipate that we would experience similar revenue declines with respect to customers we may acquire in the 
future. 
Our data center expansions could involve significant risks to our business. 
To sustain our growth in various existing and emerging markets, we may need to expand an existing data center, lease a new 
facility, or acquire suitable land, with or without existing structures. Following the acquisition of the Sprint Business, we embarked on 
the conversion of Sprint facilities into data centers suitable for either wholesale lease or sale – of which 23 are wholesale facilities and 
55 are edge data center facilities. Undertaking such projects exposes us to numerous risks that could adversely impact our financial 
condition and operational results. The prevailing global supply chain challenges and inflation have further heightened these risks, 
introducing additional uncertainties into our business. 
The selection of suitable sites is a critical factor in our expansion plans. It is possible that there may be a lack of available 
properties in our target markets with the required combination of high-power capacity and fiber connectivity, or the options may be 
limited. Anticipating ongoing challenges in power availability and grid constraints in various markets, coupled with shortages of 
associated equipment due to heightened demand and the finite nature of these resources, we may encounter difficulties in site 
selection, leading to construction delays, increased costs, lower interconnection revenue, reduced margins, and potential negative 
implications for customer retention over time. 
Currently, we are dealing with escalating construction costs attributed to the rising expenses of labor and raw materials, logistical 
challenges in the supply chain, and heightened demand in our sector. Despite having invested in building up a reserve of materials to 
address supply chain issues and inflation, there exists the possibility that it may not be sufficient. Persistent delays, difficulties in 
finding replacement products, and continued high inflation could potentially affect our business and growth, significantly affecting our 
overall business standing. Any unforeseen disruptions to our supply chain or inflationary pressures might substantially impact the 
costs associated with our planned expansion projects, potentially hindering our ability to fulfill commitments to customers who have 
contracted for space in new data centers under construction. 

Page 20 of 96 
Construction projects are dependent on receiving permits from public agencies and utility companies. Any delay in receiving 
permits could delay our construction projects and affect our growth. While we do not currently anticipate any material long-term 
negative impact to our business because of construction delays, these types of delays and stoppages related to receiving permits from 
public agencies and utility companies could worsen and have an adverse effect on our bookings, revenue or growth. 
Furthermore, construction related projects require us to carefully select and rely on the experience of one or more designers, 
general contractors, and associated subcontractors during the design and construction process. Should a designer, general contractor, 
significant subcontractor or key supplier experience financial problems or other problems during the design or construction process, 
we could experience significant delays, increased costs to complete the project and/or other negative impacts to our expected returns. 
We may be unable to lease or sell data centers on attractive financial terms, in sufficient volume or at all. If we are unable to do 
so, we may not recover the costs incurred in converting these facilities to data centers and that could adversely impact our financial 
condition and operational results. 
Our commitments and disclosures regarding environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) matters expose us to potential 
reputational and legal risks. 
The perception of our ESG profile as less attractive to customers or employees may impact our brand and reputation. Our level of 
commitment to ESG initiatives could influence our ability to attract or retain customers and employees. The timing, scope, or nature 
of these initiatives, goals, or commitments, as well as any revisions, may lead to criticism. Scrutiny regarding the accuracy, adequacy, 
or completeness of ESG disclosures may arise. Any perceived failure to achieve our ESG-related initiatives, goals, commitments, or 
mandates could adversely affect our reputation and materially harm our business. Conversely, if public or investor sentiment turns 
against ESG-related initiatives, our commitment to ESG initiatives at any level could lead to government scrutiny or private litigation 
or otherwise adversely affect our reputation and materially harm our business. 
The growing emphasis on ESG matters has prompted the adoption of legal and regulatory requirements to address climate change 
effects and necessitate additional disclosures. If new laws or regulations surpass current requirements, we may face heightened 
compliance burdens and increased costs. Our selection of voluntary disclosure frameworks and standards, as well as their 
interpretation or application, may change and might not align with investor or stakeholder expectations. Achieving our ESG 
commitments is contingent on numerous external factors beyond our control, including evolving and potentially inconsistent 
regulatory requirements, supplier availability meeting our standards, and the recruitment, development, and retention of diverse talent. 
Competitive Risks 
Our connections to the Internet require us to establish and maintain relationships with other providers, which we may not be able 
to maintain. 
The Internet is composed of various network providers who operate their own networks that interconnect at public and private 
interconnection points. Our network is one such network. In order to obtain Internet connectivity for our network, we must establish 
and maintain relationships with other ISPs and certain of our larger customers. These providers may be customers (who connect their 
network to ours by buying Internet access from us) or other large ISPs to whom we connect on a settlement-free peering basis as 
described below. Both customers and settlement-free peers may be competitors of ours. 
By entering into what are known as settlement-free peering arrangements, providers agree to exchange traffic between their 
respective networks without charging each other. Our ability to avoid the higher costs of acquiring paid dedicated network capacity 
(transit or paid peering) and to maintain high network performance is dependent upon our ability to establish and maintain settlement-
free peering relationships and to increase the capacity or add additional locations of the interconnections provided by these 
relationships. The terms and conditions of our settlement-free peering relationships may also be subject to adverse changes, which we 
may not be able to control. If we are not able to maintain or increase our settlement-free peering relationships in all of our markets on 
favorable terms or to upgrade the capacity of our existing settlement-free peering relationships, customers may not upgrade their 
connections with us or we may not be able to provide our customers with high performance, affordable or reliable services, which 
could cause us to lose existing and potential customers, damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business. 
Additionally, certain of our current customers may seek to become settlement-free peers with us. 
We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to establish and maintain relationships with other ISPs, favorably resolve 
disputes with such providers, or increase the capacity of our settlement-free peering interconnections with such providers. 

Page 21 of 96 
The sector in which we operate is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively. 
We face significant competition from incumbent carriers, Internet service providers and facilities-based network operators. 
Relative to us, many of these providers have significantly greater financial resources, more well-established brand names, larger 
customer bases, and more diverse strategic plans and service offerings. A number of these providers also have large bases of 
consumers, which makes their networks particularly attractive to content providers as they can provide a direct connection to their 
customers. 
Intense competition from these traditional and new communications companies has led to declining prices and margins for many 
communications services, and we expect this trend to continue as competition intensifies in the future. Decreasing prices for high-
speed Internet services have somewhat diminished the competitive advantage that we have enjoyed as a result of our service pricing. 
Our business is premised on the idea that customers want simple Internet access and private networks rather than a combination 
of such services with other services such as voice services and complex managed services. Our competitors offer such services. 
Should the market come to favor such services our ability to acquire and keep customers would be impaired. Our competitors may 
also upgrade their existing services or introduce new technologies or services, such as satellite-based Internet or 5G services that could 
make our services less attractive to potential customers. 
Moreover, the continuous evolution of technology may empower our competitors to upgrade their existing services or introduce 
new, more advanced offerings that could potentially diminish our sales of VPN and colocation services. As a consequence, we may 
face challenges in acquiring and retaining customers. 
Our business could suffer because telephone companies and cable companies may provide better delivery of certain Internet 
content, including content originating on their own networks, than content on the public Internet. 
Broadband connections provided by cable TV, telephone, and fixed and mobile wireless companies have become the predominant 
means by which consumers connect to the Internet. The providers of these broadband connections may treat Internet content or other 
broadband content delivered from different sources differently. The possibility of this has been characterized as an issue of “net 
neutrality.” As many of our customers operate websites and services that deliver content to consumers, our ability to sell our services 
would be negatively impacted if Internet content delivered by us was less easily received by consumers than Internet content delivered 
by others. The FCC had promulgated rules that would have banned practices such as blocking and throttling of Internet traffic, but 
those rules were rescinded by the FCC in December 2017. A subsequent attempt to reintroduce these rules in 2024 was overturned by 
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit in 2025. Furthermore, the Sixth Circuit decision appears to foreclose any future 
possibility of the FCC reclassifying broadband as a telecommunications service, a designation that allows the FCC to regulate ISPs 
under the common-carrier provisions in Title II of the Communications Act. While certain US states, including California, have either 
issued or are considering their own net neutrality rules, it is unclear whether these state regulations should have the same national 
impact as the former FCC order. Also, the European Union and other countries in which we operate have issued similar net neutrality 
rules. We also do not know the extent to which the providers of broadband Internet access to consumers may favor certain content or 
providers in ways that may disadvantage us. 
Operational Risks 
Our network may be the target of potential cyber-attacks and other security breaches that could have significant negative 
consequences. 
We rely on our own and third-party computer systems, hardware, software, technology infrastructure and online sites and 
networks for both internal and external operations that are critical to our business (collectively, “IT Systems”). We own and manage 
some of these IT Systems but also rely on third parties for a range of IT Systems and related products and services, including but not 
limited to cloud computing services. 
Our business depends on our ability to limit and mitigate interruptions to or degradation of the security of our network. We face 
numerous and evolving cybersecurity risks that threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our IT Systems, as well as 
trade secrets, intellectual property, personal information or other Company confidential information (collectively “Confidential 
Information”). We are considered a critical infrastructure provider and therefore may be more likely to be the target of cyber-attacks. 
Our IT Systems are subject and vulnerable to unauthorized access, social engineering/phishing, malware (including ransomware), 
malfeasance by insiders, human or technological error, and as a result of bugs, misconfigurations or exploited vulnerabilities in 
software or hardware, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service (“DDOS”), and other cybersecurity risks.  

Page 22 of 96 
We and our employees are the target of phishing attempts and compromised links, and our IT Systems are the target of attempts at 
unauthorized access, a small number of which have been successful in accessing non-critical areas of our IT Systems. Our customer-
facing network firewall regularly suppresses cyber-attacks and our network routinely manages DDOS attacks. Although none of the 
incidents, individually or in the aggregate, have materially impacted our operations or business, we cannot guarantee material 
incidents will not occur in the future. An attack on or security breach of our network could result in theft of Confidential Information, 
the interruption, degradation, or cessation of services, an inability to meet our service level commitments or our financial reporting 
obligations, and could potentially compromise customer data stored on or transmitted over our network. 
Cyber-attacks are expected to accelerate on a global basis in frequency and magnitude as threat actors are becoming increasingly 
sophisticated in using techniques and tools – including artificial intelligence – that circumvent security controls, evade detection and 
remove forensic evidence. As a result, we may be unable to detect, investigate, remediate or recover from future attacks or incidents, 
or avoid a material adverse impact to our IT Systems, Confidential Information or business. Moreover, as cyber warfare becomes a 
tool in asymmetric conflicts between the United States and other nations, we, as a US provider, may be targeted with increasing 
frequency. We cannot guarantee that our security measures will not be circumvented, thereby resulting in security events, network 
failures or interruptions that could impact our network security or availability and have a material adverse effect on our business, our 
ability to meet our financial reporting obligations, brand and reputation, financial condition and operational results. 
We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against such threats, and may experience a reduction in revenues, 
litigation (including class action lawsuits), and a diminution in goodwill, caused by a compromise of our cybersecurity. Although our 
customer contracts limit our liability, affected customers and third parties may seek to recover damages from us under various legal 
theories. We cannot guarantee that any costs and liabilities incurred in relation to an attack or incident will be covered by our existing 
insurance policies or that applicable insurance will be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms or at all. In 
response to past attacks, we have implemented additional controls and taken and planned for other preventative actions to further 
strengthen our systems against future attacks. However, we cannot assure you that such measures will provide absolute security, that 
we will be able to react in a timely manner, or that our remediation efforts following any past or future attacks will be successful. 
There can also be no assurance that our cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including our policies, controls or 
procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our IT Systems and Confidential Information. Any 
adverse impact to the availability, integrity or confidentiality of our IT Systems or Confidential Information can result in legal claims 
or proceedings (such as class actions), regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, fines and penalties, negative reputational 
impacts that cause us to lose existing or future customers, and/or significant incident response, system restoration or remediation and 
future compliance costs. Any or all of the foregoing could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial 
condition. 
If the information systems that we depend on to support our customers, network operations, sales, billing and financial reporting 
do not perform as expected, our operations and our financial results may be adversely affected. 
We rely on complex information systems to operate our network and support our other business functions. Our ability to track 
sales leads, close sales opportunities, provision services, bill our customers for our services and prepare our financial statements 
depends upon the effective integration of our various information systems. In 2020, we developed and deployed our own customer 
relationship management software for our sales force. We may have difficulty maintaining this software and adding features that our 
sales representatives require. If our information systems, individually or collectively, fail or do not perform as expected, our ability to 
make sales, to process and provision orders, to make timely payments to vendors, to ensure that we collect amounts owed to us and 
prepare and file our financial statements would be adversely affected. Such failures or delays could result in increased capital 
expenditures, customer and vendor dissatisfaction, loss of business or the inability to add new customers or additional services, and 
the inability to prepare accurate and timely financial statements all of which would adversely affect our business and results of 
operations. 
Our insurance coverage may be insufficient to fully protect against potential risks. 
We maintain various insurance policies, including liability, property, and others, to safeguard our company against insurable 
risks. Our choice of insurance types, coverage limits, and deductibles is determined by our unique risk profile, the balance between 
insurance costs and perceived benefits, and prevailing industry norms. There is a possibility that any of the insurance limits we secure, 
whether for flood or other risks, might be insufficient. Such inadequacy could significantly and negatively affect our business, 
financial health, and operational outcomes. 

Page 23 of 96 
Cogent has not signed a Legacy Registration Services Agreement with the American Registry for Internet Numbers (“ARIN”) or 
any other regional Internet registry (“RIR”) with respect to a substantial portion of our IPv4 addresses. 
Many of the IPv4 addresses we own were originally allocated prior to the creation of ARIN and the other RIRs. As such, ARIN 
requires us (and any other legacy resource holder) to enter into a Legacy Registration Services Agreement to obtain access to the full 
range of ARIN services, including, its Resource Public Key Infrastructure (“RPKI”) and Internet Routing Registry (“IRR”). We have 
elected not to enter into a Legacy Registration Services Agreement with ARIN. As a result, while the IPv4 addresses appear in the 
ARIN database as under our ownership and control and we have access to a limited set of ARIN services, the Company cannot 
implement RPKI on these IPv4 addresses.  
RPKI is a framework that enables network operators to secure routing infrastructure by associating IPv4 address ranges with 
autonomous system numbers. By doing so, RPKI greatly reduces the possibility of route hijacking and leaks when using Border 
Gateway Protocol (“BGP”) on the Internet. Our inability to obtain access to RPKI services and authentication may cause some 
customers to prefer to lease IPv4 addresses from companies that offer RPKI, leading to a loss of revenue for us. In addition, without 
RPKI, we are unable to monitor its network proactively with respect to these IPv4 addresses and these IPv4 addresses are at a greater 
risk for route hijacking. Moreover, since these IPv4 addresses do not have RPKI certification, the process for reclaiming a hijacked 
route is prolonged and requires the assistance of other network operators. This increased potential for route hijacking and longer 
recovery time may also result in some customers opting to lease IPv4 addresses from our competitors. 
Network Augmentation and Maintenance Risks 
Our network is comprised of a number of separate components, and we may be unable to obtain or maintain the agreements 
necessary to augment or maintain our network. 
Our network is primarily composed of (i) leased capacity on transoceanic optical fiber; (ii) terrestrial inter-city dark optical fiber; 
(iii) intra-city dark optical fiber; (iv) right-of-way agreements; and (v) the buildings that we serve and the associated optical fiber 
connecting those buildings. We both own and lease portions of our optical fiber and obtain access to the buildings on our network, 
both CNDCs and MTOBs, from a number of vendors. A number of our leases, both for fiber and building access, are up for renewal in 
any given year. A deterioration in our existing relationship with these operators could impact our network, harm our sales and 
marketing efforts and could substantially reduce our potential customer base. In addition, portions of our long-haul optical fiber and 
metro optical fiber are nearing the end of their original projected useful life. While we believe that this fiber will remain usable 
beyond the projected end date, we face the risk that portions of our network may need to be replaced in the future. 
We expect to enter additional agreements with carriers and operators to obtain additional facilities, whether optical fiber, leased 
transoceanic capacity or buildings, for our network in order to add capacity to our network and to expand our addressable market. 
However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into such agreements in the future, be able to do so on economically 
attractive terms or find an adequate substitute if we are unable to reach an agreement. Failure to acquire new facilities to augment our 
network could keep us from adding new markets, capacity or buildings to our network and negatively impact our growth 
opportunities. 
Our off-net business could suffer delays and problems due to the actions of “last mile” providers on whom we are partially 
dependent. 
Our off-net customers are connected to our network by means of fiber optic capacity that is provided as services by local 
telephone and cable companies and others. We may experience problems with the installation, maintenance and pricing of these lines 
which could adversely affect our results of operations and our plans to add additional off-net customers to our network using such 
services. We have historically experienced installation and maintenance delays when the network provider is devoting resources to 
other services, such as traditional telephony, cable TV services and private network services. We have also experienced pricing 
problems when a lack of alternatives allows a provider to charge high prices for capacity in a particular area or to a particular building. 
We attempt to reduce this problem by using many different providers so that we have alternatives for linking an off-net customer to 
our network. Competition among the providers tends to improve installation intervals, maintenance and pricing. Additionally, these 
providers are often competing with us for the same customers and have marketed their own service to our off-net customers when our 
initial contract with our customer nears the end of its term. 

Page 24 of 96 
Our business could suffer from an interruption of service from our fiber providers. 
The optical fiber cable owners from whom we have obtained our inter-city and intra-city dark fiber maintain that dark fiber. We 
are contractually obligated under the agreements with these carriers to pay maintenance fees, and if we are unable to continue to pay 
such fees, we would be in default under these agreements. If these carriers fail to maintain the fiber or disrupt our fiber connections 
due to our default or for other reasons, such as business disputes with us, bankruptcy, and governmental takings, our ability to provide 
service in the affected markets or parts of markets would be impaired unless we have or can obtain alternative fiber routes. Some of 
the companies that maintain our inter-city dark fiber and some of the companies that maintain our intra-city dark fiber are also 
competitors of ours in portions of our business. Consequently, they may have incentives to act in ways unfavorable to us. We may 
incur significant delays and costs in restoring service to our customers in connection with future service interruptions, and as a result 
we may lose customers. 
With the Sprint Business acquisition, our reliance on agreements with landowners has increased. 
Since the acquisition of the Sprint Business, our reliance on rights-of-way, license agreements, franchises, and authorizations 
from governmental bodies, railway companies, utilities, carriers, and other third parties has increased. These permissions allow us to 
place a portion of our network equipment on, over, or under their respective properties. However, a significant challenge is that some 
of these authorizations have set expiration dates within the next five to ten years, and renewing or extending them is essential. The 
potential adverse impact on our operations looms if any of these authorizations are canceled, terminated, or allowed to lapse, or if 
landowners request price increases. The uncertainty lies in our ability to successfully extend these arrangements upon expiration or 
establish new agreements necessary for executing our network expansion initiatives. We cannot guarantee our success in these 
endeavors, raising concerns about the continuity of our operations and our ability to capitalize on network expansion opportunities. 
Effects of climate change may impose risk of damage to our infrastructure and our ability to provide services. 
Long-term climate change may give rise to extreme weather events, posing a direct threat to network facilities and impeding our 
ability to construct and maintain segments of our network. Such events could also disrupt suppliers, impacting their ability to deliver 
products and services essential for ensuring reliable network coverage. Any resulting disruptions have the potential to postpone our 
network deployment plans, interrupt customer services, escalate our operational costs, and adversely affect our overall operating 
results. The physical consequences of climate change, including heightened frequency and severity of storms, floods, fires, freezing 
conditions, and sea-level rise, could negatively impact our operations, infrastructure, and financial performance. Operational setbacks 
arising from these physical effects, such as damage to our network infrastructure, might lead to increased costs and revenue losses. To 
address these challenges, we may need to invest significantly in enhancing the climate resilience of our infrastructure and undertaking 
preparations, responses, and mitigation measures for the physical impacts of climate change. Despite these considerations, accurately 
predicting the materiality of potential losses or costs associated with these effects remains challenging. 
We are responsible for maintenance and repair of our owned fiber network.  
With the acquisition of the Sprint Business, our operations now include the ownership of a substantial fiber network. With this 
ownership, we assume the critical responsibility for the maintenance and repair of the entire fiber infrastructure. This introduces 
inherent risks that could impact our operational continuity. As we did not own a fiber network historically, the new responsibility 
necessitates an adjustment in our operational approach and poses challenges affecting the efficiency of maintenance activities. If we 
are unable to maintain our fiber or adequately and efficiently manage disruptions to our fiber network, our ability to provide services 
in the affected markets or parts of markets would be impaired unless we have or can obtain alternative fiber routes. In addition, we 
may incur unexpected and significant costs, delays or other difficulties in maintaining or repairing our fiber infrastructure, resulting in 
increased disruption in services to our customers. We may, as a result, lose revenue or customers. 
Substantially all of our network infrastructure equipment is manufactured or provided by a limited number of network 
infrastructure vendors. 
We purchase our network infrastructure equipment from a small circle of vendors. Historically, we purchased from Cisco 
Systems, Inc. (“Cisco”) all of the routers and transmission equipment used in our network. We have expanded our suppliers of routers, 
added Arista Networks, Inc. (‘Arista”) as a provider for certain types of routers but Cisco remains our primary vendor for routers. 
With the acquisition of the Sprint Business in 2023, we entered into an agreement to purchase routers and transmission from Ciena 
Corporation (“Ciena”). We use Ciena equipment for optical wave transport services. 

Page 25 of 96 
If Cisco, Ciena or Arista fail to provide equipment on a timely basis or fails to meet our performance expectations, including in 
the event that either vendor fails to enhance, maintain, upgrade or improve the hardware or software products we purchase from them 
when and how we need them, we may be delayed or unable to provide services as and when requested by our customers. We also may 
be unable to upgrade our network and face greater difficulty maintaining and expanding our network. 
Transitioning from Cisco, Ciena, or Arista to another vendor for the types of equipment each provides would be disruptive 
because of the time and expense required to learn to install, maintain and operate the new vendor’s equipment and to operate a multi-
vendor network. Any such disruption could increase our costs, decrease our operating efficiencies and have an adverse effect on our 
business, results of operations and financial condition. 
Cisco, Ciena or Arista may also be subject to litigation with respect to the technology on which we depend, including litigation 
involving claims of patent infringement. Such claims have been growing rapidly in the communications industry. Regardless of the 
merit of these claims, they can result in the diversion of technical and management personnel or require us to obtain non-infringing 
technology or enter into license agreements for the technology on which we depend. There can be no assurance that such non-
infringing technology or licenses will be available on acceptable terms and conditions, if at all. 
International Operations Risks 
Our international operations expose us to numerous risks. 
We have expanded our network into 56 countries worldwide on every continent other than Antarctica. We continue to explore 
expansion opportunities. We have experienced difficulties, ranging from lack of dark fiber, to regulatory issues, to slower revenue 
growth rates from our operations in these markets. If we are not successful in developing our market presence in these regions, our 
operating results and revenue growth could be adversely impacted. 
Our international operations involve a number of risks, including: 
 
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly those involving the Euro as we are required to fund certain of our cash 
flow requirements of our operations outside of the United States; 
 
exposure to additional regulatory and legal requirements, including laws that may make it difficult or costly to enforce our 
contracts, import restrictions and controls, exchange controls, tariffs and other trade barriers, increase the regulatory 
approvals of or otherwise delay the expansion of our network, impose new obligations on us with respect to legal 
enforcement and monitoring, and privacy and data protection regulations; 
 
compliance with laws regarding privacy, trade restrictions, economic sanctions, and corruption and bribery, including the 
United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; 
 
difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations; 
 
changes in political and economic conditions; and 
 
exposure to additional and potentially adverse tax regimes. 
As we continue to expand into other countries, our success will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage 
these and other risks. Our failure to manage these risks and grow our operations outside the United States may have a material adverse 
effect on our business and results of operations. 
Litigation Risks 
As an Internet service provider, we may incur liabilities for the content disseminated through our network or for network failures, 
delays or errors in transmissions. 
The law relating to the liabilities of ISPs for information carried on or disseminated through their networks is unsettled. As the 
law in this area develops and as we expand our international operations, the potential imposition of liabilities upon us for the behavior 
of our customers or the information carried on and disseminated through our network could require us to implement measures to 

Page 26 of 96 
reduce our exposure to such liabilities, which may require the expenditure of substantial resources or the discontinuation of certain 
products or service offerings. Any costs that are incurred as a result of such measures or the imposition of liabilities could have a 
material adverse effect on our business. 
Regulatory Risks 
Compliance with existing and proposed privacy regulations is costly, and any failure by us or our vendors to comply may result in 
significant liability, negative publicity, and/or an erosion of trust that may materially impact our business. 
Many countries in which we operate, including the United States, are considering adopting, or have already adopted, privacy 
regulations, laws, rules or industry standards that that apply generally to the handling of information about individuals. The primary 
impact of these rules is on businesses that collect personal information about consumer users of their services. While we do not 
provide services to individual consumers, we receive, store, handle, transmit, use and otherwise process business information and 
information related to our employees, representatives of our business customers and service providers. This collection of business 
information and the personal information of our employees subjects us to a number of privacy regulations, including the General Data 
Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) in the European Union. These regulations, among other things, require us to make certain disclosures 
about our privacy policies, limit our ability to process, retain and transfer such information and provide employees with certain rights 
in relation to the information we collect about them. We also transmit data across the Internet, which data may include personal 
information collected by our customers. As the applicability of privacy regulations to the types of services we provide remains 
unsettled, we may be required to adopt additional measures in the future.  
Privacy regulations, such as the General Data Protection Regulation in the European Union and the California Consumer Privacy 
Act in California vary in scope and in the obligations they impose on us. As new laws are implemented or existing structures are 
declared insufficient, we may find it difficult to comply with such regulations or find it costly to do so. Moreover, for our customers 
who collect personal information, increased regulation of the collection, processing and use of personal information may impact their 
business and their use of services in unknown ways. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with data privacy laws, rules, 
regulations, industry standards and other requirements could result in proceedings or actions against us by individuals, consumer 
rights groups, government agencies, or others. If any of these events were to occur, our business, results of operations, financial 
condition, and brand and reputation could be materially adversely affected. 
Changes in laws, rules, and enforcement could adversely affect us. 
We are not subject to substantial regulation by the FCC or the state public utilities commissions in the United States. Internet 
service is also subject to minimal regulation in Western Europe and in Canada. Elsewhere the regulation is greater, though not as 
extensive as the regulation for providers of voice services. However, governmental authorities may decide to impose additional 
regulation and taxes upon providers of Internet access and private network services. In addition, the acquisition of the Sprint Business 
has made us subject to additional or duplicate regulatory obligations, particularly in the countries where the Sprint Business has 
subsidiaries and related to the Sprint Business. All of these matters could inhibit our ability to remain a low-cost carrier and could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and our results of operations. 
As with the privacy laws described earlier, much of the law related to the liability of Internet service providers for content on the 
network and the behavior of our customers and their end users remains unsettled. Some jurisdictions have laws, regulations, or court 
decisions that impose obligations upon ISPs to restrict access to certain content. Other legal issues, such as the sharing of copyrighted 
information, data protection, trans-border data flow, unsolicited commercial email (“spam”), universal service, and liability for 
software viruses could become subjects of additional legislation and legal development and changes in enforcement policies. We 
cannot predict the impact of these changes on us. They could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
our results of operations. 
Changes in laws, rules and enforcement may also adversely affect our customers. For example, a possible repeal or curtailing of 
Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act in the United States could have an adverse impact on our customers and, 
consequently, on us. While our top 25 customers represented approximately 17.6% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 
2024, several large net-centric customers are or may be the subject of increased regulatory scrutiny, which may impact their 
businesses and, consequently, their use of our services in unknown ways. 

Page 27 of 96 
We may be required to censor content on the Internet, which we may find difficult to do and which may impact our ability to 
provide our services in some countries as well as impact the growth of Internet usage, upon which we depend. 
Some governments attempt to limit access to certain content on the Internet. It is impossible for us to filter all content that flows 
across the Internet connections we provide. For example, some content is encrypted when a secure website is accessed. It is difficult to 
limit access to websites by blocking a fixed set of Internet addresses when the website operators engage in practices that make it 
difficult to block them. Should any government require us to perform these types of blocking procedures we could experience 
difficulties ranging from incurring additional expenses to ceasing to provide service in that country. We could also be subject to 
penalties if we fail to implement the censorship. 
The imposition of tariffs may increase our costs of purchasing equipment or shipping equipment to our international subsidiaries. 
On February 3, 2025, President Trump announced new tariffs of 25% for most imports from Canada and Mexico and 10% for 
imports from China. The tariffs on Canada and Mexico were delayed for 30 days. At least one of our primary equipment vendors 
manufactures and ships equipment that we purchase from China. If these tariffs are applied to our equipment purchases, it would 
increase our costs of equipment which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  
Further, if the United States imposes tariffs on other countries in which we operate, those countries may respond by imposing 
tariffs on imports from the United States. Any such tariffs may be applied to our equipment shipments from our US operating 
company to our international subsidiaries, increasing our costs and impacting our financial condition and results of operations. 
Tax Risks 
Governments may assert that we are liable for taxes which we have not collected from our customers or paid to our vendors, and 
we may have to begin collecting a multitude of taxes if Internet services become subject to taxation similar to the taxation of 
telephone service. 
In the United States, Internet services are generally not subject to taxes. Consequently, in the United States we collect few taxes 
from our customers even though most telecommunications services are subject to numerous taxes. Various local jurisdictions have 
asserted or may assert that some of our operations or services should be subject to local taxes. If such jurisdictions assess taxes on 
prior years we may be subject to a liability for unpaid taxes that we may be unable to collect from our customers or former customers. 
If the taxation of Internet service is expanded, we will need to collect those taxes from our customers. The process of implementing a 
system to properly bill and collect such taxes may require significant resources. In addition, the FCC is considering changes to its 
Universal Services Fund that could result in its application to Internet services. This too would require that we expend resources to 
collect this tax. Finally, the cumulative effect of these taxes levied on Internet services could discourage potential customers from 
using Internet services to replace traditional telecommunication services and negatively impact our ability to grow our business.  
Our private network services, such as our VPN services, are subject to taxes and fees in various jurisdictions including the 
Universal Service Contribution tax in the US. We believe we collect all required taxes; however, a jurisdiction may assert that we 
have failed to collect certain taxes. The expense of paying any unpaid taxes could be substantial and we might not be able to collect 
such back taxes from our customers. 
We are subject to value-added taxes and other taxes in many jurisdictions outside of the United States. We are also subject to 
audit of our tax compliance in numerous jurisdictions. These may result in the assessment of amounts due that are material and 
therefore would have an adverse effect on us. 
The utilization of certain of our net operating loss carryforwards is limited and depending upon the amount of our taxable income 
we may be subject to paying income taxes earlier than planned. 
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code in the United States limits the utilization of net operating losses when ownership 
changes, as defined by that section, occur. We have performed an analysis of our Section 382 ownership changes and have determined 
that the utilization of certain of our net operating loss carryforwards in the United States is limited. Further, recent changes to the tax 
law in the United States and changes to tax laws in other jurisdictions in which we operate may impact our utilization of our net 
operating losses. 

Page 28 of 96 
Risk Factors Related to Our Indebtedness 
Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations 
under our notes and our other indebtedness. 
Our total indebtedness, at par, at December 31, 2024 at par value, was $2.0 billion and includes $500.0 million of our 2026 Notes, 
$450.0 million of our 2027 Notes, $300.0 million of our 2027 Mirror Notes and $206.0 million of our IPv4 Notes. The 2026 Notes are 
due in March 2026 and require interest payments of $17.5 million per year, the 2027 Notes are due in June 2027 and require interest 
payments of $31.5 million per year, and the 2027 Mirror Notes are due in June 2027 and require interest payments of $21.0 million 
per year, each paid semi-annually. The IPv4 Notes are effectively due in May 2029 and require monthly interest payments of $16.3 
million per year (which amount increases if the IPv4 Notes are not repaid prior to May 2029). All of our noteholders have the right to 
be paid the principal and any applicable premium upon an event of default and upon certain designated events, such as certain changes 
of control. Our total indebtedness at December 31, 2024 includes $538.4 million of finance lease obligations for dark fiber primarily 
under 15 to 42-year IRUs. Our total indebtedness at December 31, 2024 excludes $359.2 million of operating lease liabilities, which 
were required to be recorded as right-to-use assets and operating lease liabilities. The amount of our IRU finance lease obligations 
may be impacted due to our expansion activities, the timing of payments and fluctuations in foreign currency rates. 
This substantial amount of debt may have important consequences. For instance, it could: 
 
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to our debt; 
 
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal due 
under our debt, which will reduce funds available for other business purposes, including the growth of our operations, 
integration of the Sprint Business, capital expenditures, dividends, purchases of our common stock and acquisitions; 
 
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with some of our competitors that may have less debt and better access to 
capital resources; and 
 
limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to fund working capital and capital expenditures, for strategic 
acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes. 
Our ability to satisfy our obligations including our debt depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, 
competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow, and future 
financings may not be available to provide sufficient net proceeds, to meet these obligations or to successfully execute our business 
strategy. 
We have assumed the risk associated with variable interest rates under our interest rate swap agreement. 
We are party to an interest rate swap agreement (the “Swap Agreement”) that has the economic effect of modifying the fixed 
interest rate obligation associated with our 2026 Notes to a variable interest rate obligation based on the Secured Overnight Financing 
Rate (“SOFR”) so that the interest payable on the 2026 Notes effectively became variable based on overnight SOFR. The critical 
terms of the Swap Agreement match the terms of the 2026 Notes, including the notional amount and the optional redemption date on 
February 1, 2026. Under the Swap Agreement, we pay the counterparty a semi-annual payment based upon overnight SOFR plus a 
contractual interest rate spread, and the counterparty pays us a semi-annual fixed 3.50% interest payment. The settlement payment is 
made each November and May until the Swap Agreement expires in February 2026. By entering into the Swap Agreement, we have 
assumed the risk associated with variable interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect the valuation of the Swap Agreement that we 
recognize in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. 
Despite our leverage, we may still be able to incur more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks that we and our subsidiaries 
face. 
We and our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness, including additional secured indebtedness, in the future. The terms of 
our debt indentures restrict, but do not completely prohibit, us from doing so. In addition, the indentures allow us to issue additional 
notes and other indebtedness secured by the collateral under certain circumstances. Moreover, we are not prevented from incurring 
other liabilities that do not constitute indebtedness as defined in the indentures, including additional operating leases obligations and 
finance lease obligations in the form of IRUs. These liabilities may represent claims that are effectively prior to the claims of our note 
holders. If new debt or other liabilities are added to our debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could 
intensify. 

Page 29 of 96 
The agreements governing our various debt obligations impose restrictions on our business and could adversely affect our ability 
to undertake certain corporate actions. 
The agreements governing our various debt obligations include covenants imposing significant restrictions on our business. These 
restrictions may affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business 
opportunities as they arise. These covenants place restrictions on our ability to, among other things: 
 
incur additional debt; 
 
create liens; 
 
make certain investments; 
 
enter into certain transactions with affiliates; 
 
declare or pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions to stockholders; and 
 
consolidate, merge or transfer or sell all or substantially all of our assets. 
In addition, our IPv4 address securitization facility requires us to maintain a specified debt service coverage ratio. Failure to 
maintain the debt service coverage ratio at a specified triggered level could adversely affect our business, including full or partial 
amortization or an event of default, as applicable. Our ability to comply with these agreements may be affected by events beyond our 
control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. These covenants could have an adverse effect on our 
business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other corporate opportunities. The breach of 
any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the agreements governing our debt obligations. 
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. However, our ability to generate cash depends on many 
factors, many of which are beyond our control. 
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our 
ability to generate cash in the future, which, in turn, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other 
factors, many of which are beyond our control. 
Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and we may not have available to us future borrowings in an 
amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. In these circumstances, we may need to 
refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on 
commercially reasonable terms or at all. Without this financing, we could be forced to sell assets or secure additional financing to 
make up for any shortfall in our payment obligations under unfavorable circumstances. However, we may not be able to secure 
additional financing on terms favorable to us or at all and, in addition, the terms of the indentures governing our notes limit our ability 
to sell assets and also restrict the use of proceeds from such a sale. We may not be able to sell assets quickly enough or for sufficient 
amounts to enable us to meet our obligations, including our obligations under our notes. 
We maintain our cash and cash equivalents at financial institutions in amounts in excess of insured limits. 
We maintain the majority of our cash and cash equivalents in accounts with U.S. and multi-national financial institutions, and our 
deposits at certain of these institutions, including the counterparty to our Swap Agreement, exceed insured limits. Market conditions 
can affect the viability of these institutions. In the event of failure of any of the financial institutions where we maintain our cash and 
cash equivalents, there can be no assurance that we would be able to access uninsured funds in a timely manner or at all. Any inability 
to access or delay in accessing these funds could adversely affect our business and financial position. 
 
 

Page 30 of 96 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
None. 
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY  
We have developed and implemented a cybersecurity risk management program intended to protect the confidentiality, integrity, 
and availability of our critical systems and information. We design and assess our program based on the Center for Internet Security 
(CIS) control objectives and benchmarks. This does not imply that we meet any particular technical standards, specifications, or 
requirements, only that we use the CIS objectives and benchmarks as a guide to help us identify, assess, and manage cybersecurity 
risks relevant to our business. 
Our cybersecurity risk management program is integrated into our overall enterprise risk management program, and shares 
common methodologies, reporting channels and governance processes that apply across the enterprise risk management program to 
other legal, compliance, strategic, operational, and financial risk areas.  
Key elements of our cybersecurity risk management program include, but are not limited to, the following:  
o 
cybersecurity awareness training and communications for employees; 
o 
a dedicated security team principally responsible for managing (1) our cybersecurity risk assessment processes, (2) our 
security controls, and (3) our response to cybersecurity incidents; 
o 
cybersecurity controls to detect cybersecurity incidents or risks within our IT Systems; 
o 
internal and external risk assessments designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems and 
information; and 
o 
a cybersecurity incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to cybersecurity incidents. 
We have not identified risks from known cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any prior cybersecurity incidents, that have 
materially affected us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. We face risks from 
cybersecurity threats that, if realized, are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our operations, business strategy, results 
of operations, or financial condition. See “Risk Factors – Our network may be the target of potential cyber-attacks and other security 
breaches that could have significant negative consequences.” 
The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is tasked with oversight of the Company network and data security efforts and is 
responsible for the Company’s policies and practices with respect to cybersecurity and enterprise risk management. We have a 
dedicated Cybersecurity Operations Team in our Information Technology department which reports directly to the CIO. The 
Cybersecurity Operations Team is primarily responsible for evaluating our security efforts and coordinating with our CIO and other 
management employees as necessary. The CIO meets with our Audit Committee regularly to update the Audit Committee on any new 
or identified cybersecurity threats, the Company’s cybersecurity efforts and plans for the upcoming quarters. Our Audit Committee 
also meets regularly with senior management, including our CIO, to receive updates and about the Company’s cybersecurity 
initiatives. 
Our CEO regularly meets with our CIO to discuss, in part, any significant cybersecurity issues. In addition to the CIO, our 
Cybersecurity Team and the Information Technology Team are responsible for the day-to-day monitoring of the cybersecurity 
landscape, the Company’s monitoring and response processes and training of Company employees. The Chief Legal Officer, Vice 
President of Network Strategy and VP of Network Engineering may also be involved, as necessary. 
Our CIO’s experience includes over twenty years of experience in risk management and compliance, incident response, crisis 
management and security architecture and technology integration. Our Cybersecurity Operations Team includes three certified 
information systems security professionals and their experience includes cybersecurity architecture, engineering and administration 
together with the development of cybersecurity policies, practices and training. 

Page 31 of 96 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 
As part of the acquisition of the Sprint Business, we acquired a portfolio of owned and leased properties totaling approximately 
1.9 million square feet. The properties are made up of technical facilities in the United States, including core switch facilities, PoP 
sites, regeneration and fiber pass through locations as well as warehouse buildings that support the acquired Sprint Network. Since the 
acquisition closing, we have added 52 major Sprint Data Centers and 55 smaller Edge Data Centers to our existing 52 Cogent Data 
Center portfolio (down from 55 at close); growing our data center portfolio to 159 buildings. We have also added 3 office buildings, 5 
Carrier Neutral Data Centers and converted 36 nodes located in Carrier Neutral Data Centers to the Cogent network. 
We lease space for offices, data centers, colocation facilities, and PoPs. We lease a total of approximately 1.0 million square feet 
of space for our data centers, offices and operations centers. Certain of these leases are with entities controlled by our Chief Executive 
Officer.  
We believe that our facilities, both owned and leased are generally in good condition. Our leased properties and the vast majority 
of our owned properties are generally suitable for our operations, and we are in the process of repurposing any owned properties as 
necessary. 
Our headquarters facility consists of 43,117 square feet located in Washington, D.C. The lease for our headquarters is with an 
entity controlled by our Chief Executive Officer and expires in May 2025. The lease may be cancelled by us upon 60 days’ notice. 
On January 6, 2023, we entered into two lease agreements (the “New Leases”), one with Thorium LLC (“Thorium”) and one with 
Germanium LLC (“Germanium”), entities owned by our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, David Schaeffer. The first of the 
New Leases is with Thorium for approximately 54,803 square feet of office space, which serves as office space replacing a portion of 
its office space in the Northern Virginia area.. The second of the New Leases is with Germanium LLC for approximately 1,587 square 
feet of technical space which serves as network operations space (“Network Operations Lease”). The term for each of the New Leases 
is five years beginning on April 1, 2023. Both of the New Leases are cancellable by us without penalty upon 60 days written notice. 
We took occupancy of the office space and network operations space in April 2023. We are responsible for paying our proportionate 
share of the building’s operating expenses that exceed a 2023 base year and we are also responsible for paying our metered utility 
costs and a proportionate share of the building’s other operating expenses that exceed a 2023 base year. 
On July 25, 2023 we entered into a Second Amendment to the lease agreement with Germanium (the “Amendment”), which 
amended the Network Operations Lease to lease an additional 7,369 square feet on the first floor of the building, beginning on August 
1, 2023, in connection with the planned expansion of the technical space. This included 4,987 square feet for an auditorium suitable 
for training and 2,382 square feet for the data center in the building. The amended Network Operations Lease remains cancellable by 
us without penalty upon 60 days written notice. The Amendment provides for $162,118 of additional fixed annual rent during the term 
of the Network Operations Lease, plus a proportionate share of real estate taxes and operating expenses and separately metered 
utilities expense. 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
We are involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business that we do not expect to have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For a discussion of the significant proceedings in which we are 
involved, see Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements. 
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 
Not applicable. 
 
 

Page 32 of 96 
PART II 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 
Our sole class of common equity is our common stock, par value $0.001, which is currently traded on the NASDAQ Global 
Select Market under the symbol “CCOI.” Prior to March 6, 2006, our common stock traded on the American Stock Exchange under 
the symbol “COI.” Prior to February 5, 2002, no established public trading market for our common stock existed. 
As of February 1, 2025, there were 103 holders of record of shares of our common stock holding 47,650,780 shares of our 
common stock. 
Performance Graph 
Our common stock currently trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The chart below compares the relative changes in the 
cumulative total return of our common stock for the period from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2024, against the cumulative 
total return for the same period of the (1) The Standard & Poor’s 500 (S&P 500) Index and (2) the NASDAQ Telecommunications 
Index. The comparison below assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2019 in our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the 
NASDAQ Telecommunications Index, with dividends, if any, reinvested. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
12/19 
    
12/20 
     
12/21 
    
12/22 
    
12/23 
     
12/24 
Cogent Communications Holdings 
  $ 100.00   $  94.72   $ 120.98   $ 100.20   $ 141.50  $ 151.75 
S&P 500 
    100.00     118.40     152.39     124.79    157.59    197.02 
NASDAQ Telecommunications 
    100.00     110.08     112.44     82.71     90.96    103.21 
 
The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
Our Board of Directors authorized a plan to permit the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of our common stock in negotiated and 
open market transactions through December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2024, $22.4 million remained available for such negotiated 
and open market transactions concerning our common stock. We may purchase shares from time to time depending on market, 
economic, and other factors. We did not purchase shares of our common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2024. 
 
 

Page 33 of 96 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes 
included in this report. The discussion in this report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as 
statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this report should be read as 
applying to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this report. Factors that could cause or contribute to these 
differences include those discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” as well as those discussed elsewhere. You should read “Item 1A. Risk 
Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed 
here. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to: 
Our acquisition of Sprint Communications (as defined below), including difficulties integrating our business with the Sprint 
Business, which may result in the combined company not operating as effectively and efficiently as expected; transition services 
required to support the Sprint Business and the related costs continuing for a period longer than expected, the COVID-19 pandemic 
and accompanying government policies worldwide; vaccination and in-office requirements, delays in the delivery of network 
equipment or optical fiber, loss of key right-of-way agreements, future economic instability in the global economy, including the risk 
of economic recession and recent bank failures and liquidity concerns at certain other banks, which could affect spending on Internet 
services; the impact of changing foreign exchange rates (in particular the Euro to US dollar and Canadian dollar to US dollar exchange 
rates) on the translation of our non-US dollar denominated revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities into US dollars; legal and 
operational difficulties in new markets; the imposition of a requirement that we contribute to the US Universal Service Fund on the 
basis of our Internet revenue; changes in government policy and/or regulation, including rules regarding data protection, cyber 
security and net neutrality; increasing competition leading to lower prices for our services; our ability to attract new customers and to 
increase and maintain the volume of traffic on our network; the ability to maintain our Internet peering and right-of-way arrangements 
on favorable terms; our ability to renew our long-term leases of optical fiber and right-of-way agreements that comprise our network; 
our reliance on a limited number of equipment vendors, and the potential for hardware or software problems associated with such 
equipment; tariffs imposed on equipment we purchase for our network; the dependence of our network on the quality and 
dependability of third-party fiber and right-of-way providers; our ability to retain certain customers that comprise a significant portion 
of our revenue base; the management of network failures and/or disruptions; our ability to make payments on our indebtedness as they 
become due and outcomes in litigation, risks associated with variable interest rates under our Swap Agreement as well as other risks 
discussed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including, without limitation, this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. 
Acquisition of Sprint Communications 
On May 1, 2023 (the “Closing Date”), Cogent Infrastructure, Inc. (now Cogent Infrastructure, LLC), a Delaware corporation and 
our direct wholly owned subsidiary (the “Buyer” or “Cogent Infrastructure”), closed on its acquisition of the U.S. long-haul fiber 
network (including the non-U.S. extensions thereof) of Sprint Communications and its subsidiaries (the “Sprint Business”) in 
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated 
September 6, 2022, by and among us, Sprint Communications LLC, a Kansas limited liability company (“Sprint Communications”) 
and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of T-Mobile US, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“T-Mobile”), and Sprint LLC, a Delaware 
limited liability company and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of T-Mobile (the “Seller”). On the Closing Date, we purchased 
from the Seller all of the issued and outstanding membership interests (the “Purchased Interests”) of Wireline Network Holdings LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company that, following an internal restructuring and divisive merger, held Sprint Communications’ assets 
and liabilities relating to the Sprint Business (such transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, collectively, the 
“Transaction”). 
Purchase Price 
On the Closing Date, we consummated the Transaction pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, providing a purchase 
price of $1 payable to the Seller for the Purchased Interests, subject to customary adjustments, including working capital (the 
“Working Capital Adjustment”), as set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As consideration for the Purchased Interests, the Working 
Capital Adjustment (primarily related to acquired cash and cash equivalents of an estimated $43.4 million at the Closing Date in order 
to fund the international operations of the Sprint Business) resulted in us making a payment to the Seller of $61.1 million on the 
Closing Date. In April 2024, an additional Working Capital Adjustment of $5.0 million was paid to the Seller. 

Page 34 of 96 
Short-term Lease Payment 
The Purchase Agreement provides for a payment of $28.1 million ($19.8 million net of discount) from the Seller to us related to 
acquired short - term operating lease obligations (the “Short - term Lease Payment”). The Short - term Lease Payment will be paid 
from the Seller to us in four equal payments in months 55 to 58 after the Closing Date. The final determination of the Short - term 
Lease Payment was completed in April 2024. The Short - term Lease Payment was recorded at its present value resulting in a discount 
of $8.4 million. The interest rate used in determining the present value was derived considering rates on similar issued debt 
instruments with comparable durations, among other market factors. The determination of the discount rate requires some judgment. 
During the third quarter of 2023, the Short - term Lease Payment was reduced by $4.8 million and in the first quarter of 2024 the Short 
- term Lease Payment, net of discount, was reduced by an additional $17.0 million. 
IP Transit Services Agreement 
On the Closing Date, we entered into an agreement for IP transit services (“IP Transit Services Agreement”), pursuant to which 
TMUSA will pay us an aggregate of $700.0 million, consisting of (i) $350.0 million in equal monthly installments of $29.2 million 
per month during the first year after the Closing Date and (ii) $350.0 million in equal monthly installments of $8.3 million per month 
over the subsequent 42 months. Under the IP Transit Services Agreement., TMUSA paid us $204.2 million and $204.2 million during 
the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
We accounted for the Transaction as a business combination under ASC Topic 805 Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). We 
evaluated what elements are part of the business combination and the consideration exchanged to complete the acquisition. Under 
ASC 805, we concluded that the $700.0 million of payments to be made represent consideration received from T-Mobile to complete 
the acquisition of a distressed business. We also evaluated whether the IP Transit Services Agreement was in the scope of ASU No. 
2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). We concluded that T-Mobile did not represent a “customer” as 
defined by ASC 606, the stated contract price did not represent consideration for services to be delivered, and the transaction did not 
satisfy the definition of revenue, which excluded this arrangement from the scope of ASC 606. As a result, and considering statements 
made by T-Mobile, the IP Transit Services Agreement was recorded in connection with the Transaction at its discounted present value 
resulting in a discount of $79.6 million. The interest rate used in determining the present value was derived considering rates on 
similar issued debt instruments with comparable durations, amongst other market factors. The determination of the discount rate 
requires some judgment. 
Transition Services Agreement 
On the Closing Date, the Buyer entered into a transition services agreement (the “TSA”) with the Seller, pursuant to which the 
Seller provides to the Buyer, and the Buyer provides to the Seller on an interim basis following the Closing Date, certain specified 
services (the “Transition Services”) to ensure an orderly transition following the separation of the Sprint Business from Sprint 
Communications. The services provided by the Seller to the Buyer include, among others, information technology support, back office 
and finance, real estate and facilities, vendor and supply chain management, including the payment and processing of vendor invoices 
for the Company and human resources. The services provided by the Buyer to the Seller include, among others, information 
technology and network support, finance and back office and other wireless business support. 
The Transition Services are generally intended to be provided for a period of up to two years following the Closing Date, 
although such period may be extended for an additional one-year term by either party upon 30 days’ prior written notice. The fees for 
the Transition Services are calculated using either a per service monthly fee or an hourly rate for the employees allocated to provide 
such services. Any third-party costs incurred in providing the Transition Services are passed on to the party receiving such services at 
cost for the two-year period. Amounts paid for the Sprint Business by T-Mobile are reimbursed at cost. 
Either party to the TSA may terminate the agreement with respect to any individual service in full for convenience upon 30 days’ 
prior written notice for certain services and reduced for other services after a 90-day period. The TSA may be terminated in its entirety 
if the other party has failed to perform any of its material obligations and such failure is not cured within 30 days. The TSA provides 
for customary indemnification and limits on liability. Amounts billed under the TSA are due 30 days from receipt of the related 
invoice. Amounts billed to us under the TSA are primarily for reimbursement at cost of payments to vendors of the Sprint Business 
until these vendors are fully transitioned to us. 
 
 

Page 35 of 96 
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we were billed $27.2 million and $284.1 million, respectively, as due to the 
Seller under the TSA. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we paid to the Seller $93.8 million and $217.2 million, 
respectively, under the TSA. Amounts billed under the TSA are due 30 days from receipt of the related invoice. As of December 31, 
2024 and December 31, 2023, we owed $0.5 million and $66.9 million, respectively, to the Seller under the TSA. During the years 
ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we billed the Seller $1.1 million and $6.2 million, respectively, as due from the Seller under the 
TSA. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Seller paid us $1.3 million and $6.0 million, respectively, under the 
TSA. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Seller owed us $0.1 million and $4.5 million, respectively, under the TSA. 
Severance reimbursement 
The Purchase Agreement also provides for reimbursement from the Seller to the Buyer for qualifying severance expenses 
incurred. Total qualifying severance expenses were $28.6 million of which $12.3 million and $16.2 million were recorded during the 
years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and fully reimbursed by the Seller. 
Acquisition-Related Costs 
In connection with the Transaction and negotiation of the Purchase Agreement, we incurred a total of $13.6 million of 
professional fees and other acquisition related costs (not including severance costs). Acquisition related costs (not including severance 
costs) were $9.1 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.  
Other Services Provided to the Seller 
In addition, on the Closing Date, we entered into a commercial agreement (the “CSA”) with TMUSA for colocation and 
connectivity services, pursuant to which we provide such services to TMUSA for a per service monthly fee plus certain third-party 
costs incurred in providing the services. Under the CSA, we recorded service revenue of $14.7 million and $23.9 million during the 
years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Results of Operations 
Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2023 
In this section, we discuss the results of our operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2023. For a discussion of the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, please 
refer to Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. 
Our management reviews and analyzes several key financial measures in order to manage our business and assess the quality and 
variability of our service revenue, operating results and cash flows. The following summary tables present a comparison of our results 
of operations with respect to certain key financial measures. The comparisons illustrated in the tables are discussed in greater detail 
below. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended 
 
 
  
 
 
December 31,  
 
Percent 
  
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
Change 
  
 
  
 
(in thousands) 
 
 
Service revenue 
 $  1,036,104  $  940,922   
 10.1 %
Network operations expenses (1) 
   
 641,836    
 544,232   
 17.9 %
Selling, general, and administrative expenses (2) 
   
 275,781    
 275,318   
 0.2 %
Acquisition costs - Sprint Business 
  
 21,407   
 18,492  
 15.8 %
Depreciation and amortization expenses 
   
 298,018    
 232,209   
 28.3 %
Gain on lease termination 
   
 3,332    
 —   
NM  
Interest expense, including change in valuation of Swap Agreement 
  
 123,317   
 93,344  
 32.1 %
Gain on bargain purchase – Sprint Business 
  
 22,202    1,406,435  
NM  
Interest income – IP Transit Services Agreement 
  
 23,767   
 26,796  
 (11.3)%
Income tax benefit  
   
 55,575    
 53,964   
 3.0 %
 
(1) Includes non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $1,681 and $1,069 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
(2) Includes non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $24,057 and $25,855 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
NM - not meaningful 

Page 36 of 96 
Service Revenue. We continually work to grow our total service revenue by increasing the number of potential customers that we 
can reach on our network. We do this by investing capital to expand the geographic footprint of our network, increasing the number of 
buildings that we are connected to, including CNDCs and MTOBs, and increasing our penetration rate into our existing buildings. 
These efforts broaden the global reach of our network and increase the size of our potential addressable market. We also seek to grow 
our service revenue by investing in our sales and marketing team. We typically sell corporate connections at similar pricing to our 
competitors, but our customers benefit from our significantly faster speeds, greater aggregate throughput, enhanced service level 
agreements and rapid installation times. In the net-centric market, we offer comparable services in terms of capacity but typically at 
significantly lower prices. 
Our service revenue increased by 10.1% from the year ended December 31, 2023 to the year ended December 31, 2024. 
Exchange rates negatively impacted our service revenue by $0.3 million. All foreign currency comparisons herein reflect results for 
the year ended December 31, 2024 translated at the average foreign currency exchange rates for the year ended December 31, 2023. 
Our total service revenue increased primarily due to the revenue acquired in May 2023 with the Sprint Business and the growth in 
customers from expanding our network, adding additional buildings to our network, increasing our penetration into the buildings 
connected to our network and gaining market share by offering our services at lower prices than our competitors. These increases were 
partially offset by the cancellation of low margin and non-core customers we acquired with the Sprint Business, and a reduction in 
revenue under our CSA agreement with TMUSA. 
Revenue recognition standards include guidance relating to any tax assessed by a governmental authority that is directly imposed 
on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer and may include, but is not limited to, gross receipts taxes, 
Universal Service Fund fees and certain state regulatory fees. We record these taxes billed to our customers on a gross basis (as 
service revenue and network operations expense) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The impact of these taxes 
including the Universal Service Fund resulted in an increase to our revenues of $30.2 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 
to the year ended December 31, 2024. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Months Ended 
 
 
  
 
 
December 31, 
 
Percent 
  
 
     
2024 
     
2023   
     
Change 
  
Other Operating Data 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Revenue by Customer Type – (thousands) 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Corporate 
 
$ 
 473,735  
$ 
 443,939   
 6.7 %
Net-centric 
 
  
 368,583 
  
 343,429   
 7.3 %
Enterprise 
 
  
 193,786 
  
 153,553   
 26.2 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer Connections by Customer Type - end of period 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate 
 
  
 46,371 
  
 54,493   
 (14.9)%
Net-centric 
 
  
 62,236 
  
 62,370   
 (0.2)%
Enterprise 
 
  
 14,776 
  
 20,740   
 (28.8)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue – by Network Connection Type – (thousands) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On-net 
 
$ 
 544,628  
$ 
 512,936   
 6.2 %
Off-net 
 
  
 454,107 
  
 393,493   
 15.4 %
Wavelength 
 
  
 19,196 
  
 5,653   
 239.6 %
Non-core 
 
  
 18,173 
  
 28,840   
 (37.0)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer Connections – by Network Connection Type - end of period 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On-net 
 
  
 87,500 
  
 88,291   
 (0.9)%
Off-net 
 
  
 28,963 
  
 36,676   
 (21.0)%
Wavelength 
 
  
 1,118 
  
 661   
 69.1 %
Non-core 
 
  
 5,802 
  
 11,975   
 (51.5)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Revenue Per Unit (ARPU) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARPU on-net 
 
$ 
 516  
$ 
 500   
 3.2 %
ARPU off-net 
 
  
 1,153 
  
 1,306   
 (11.7)%
ARPU wavelength 
 
  
 1,798 
  
 1,425   
 26.2 %
Average Price per Megabit installed base 
 
  
 0.24 
  
 0.27   
 (14.2)%
 
NM - not meaningful 

Page 37 of 96 
Revenue and customer connections by customer type. Our corporate customers generally purchase their services on a price per 
connection basis. Our net-centric customers generally purchase their services on a price per megabit-metered basis. Our enterprise 
customers generally purchase our services on a price per location basis. We began to serve enterprise customers in connection with 
our acquisition of the Sprint Business. We define “enterprise” customers as large corporations (typically, Fortune 500 companies with 
greater than $5 billion in annual revenue) running Wide Area Networks (“WAN”) with several dozen to several hundred sites. 
We believe that we are in a unique position to monetize the Sprint Business and its network and management expects to achieve 
significant cost reduction synergies and revenue synergies from the Transaction. Revenue and pre-tax loss for the Sprint Business 
included in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2023 were $283.3 million and 
$234.5 million, respectively. 
On the Closing Date, we acquired 17,823 corporate customer connections, 5,711 net-centric customer connections and 23,209 
enterprise customer connections with the Sprint Business. We classified the total $39.4 million of May 2023 Sprint Business monthly 
recurring revenue as $20.0 million of enterprise revenue, $12.9 million of corporate revenue and $6.5 million of net-centric revenue. 
Revenues from our corporate, net-centric and enterprise customers represented 45.7%, 35.6% and 18.7% of total service revenue, 
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2024 and represented 47.2%, 36.5% and 16.3% of total service revenue, respectively, 
for the year ended December 31, 2023. 
Our revenue from our corporate customers increased primarily due to customers acquired with the Sprint Business. Our corporate 
customers take advantage of our superior speeds, greater aggregate throughput, service levels and installation times versus our 
competitors. The growing trend of customers installing second lines for redundancy in order to construct virtual private networks 
(“VPNs”) has also led to our ability to increase our corporate revenues. Beginning with and throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, we 
witnessed a deteriorating real estate market in and around the buildings we service in central business districts in North America. 
Because of the rising vacancy levels and falling lease initiations or renewals, we experienced a slowdown in new sales to our 
corporate customers, which negatively affected our corporate revenue results. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we 
continued to see gradual declines in vacancy rates and rising office occupancy rates. As the option to fully or partially work from 
home becomes permanently established at many companies, our corporate customers are integrating some of the new applications that 
became part of the remote work environment, which benefits our corporate business as these customers upgrade their Internet access 
infrastructure to higher capacity connections. Further, if and when companies eventually return to the buildings in which we operate, 
we believe it will present an opportunity for increased sales. However, the exact timing and path of these positive trends remains 
uncertain. 
Our revenue from our net-centric customers increased primarily due to growth in network traffic from our legacy net-centric 
customers and from net-centric customers acquired with the Sprint Business. Our net-centric customers purchase our services on a 
price per megabit basis. The net-centric market exhibits significant pricing pressure due to the continued introduction of new 
technology, which lowers the marginal cost of transmission and routing, and the commodity nature of the service where price is 
typically the only differentiating factor for these customers. Our average price per megabit of our installed base of customers 
decreased by 14.2% from the year ended December 31, 2023 to the year ended December 31, 2024. The impact of foreign exchange 
rates has a more significant impact on our net-centric revenues. Under our CSA with TMUSA, we recorded net-centric service 
revenue of $14.7 million and $23.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Our revenue from our enterprise customers increased primarily due to customers acquired with the Sprint Business. 
Revenue and customer connections by network connection type. On the Closing Date, we classified the total $39.4 million of 
monthly Sprint Business revenue as $2.5 million of on-net revenue, $32.2 million of off-net revenue and $4.7 million of non-core 
revenue. Additionally, on the Closing Date, we classified the total 46,743 Sprint Business customer connections as 1,560 on-net 
customer connections, 24,667 off-net customer connections and 20,516 non-core customer connections. 
Revenues from our on-net, off-net, wavelength and non-core customers represented 52.6%, 43.8%, 1.9% and 1.7% of total service 
revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2024 and represented 54.5%, 41.8%, 0.6% and 3.1% of total service revenue, 
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023. 

Page 38 of 96 
Our on-net revenues increased from the year ended December 31, 2023 to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily from 
customers acquired with the Sprint Business and an increase in revenues from our legacy Cogent customers. Under the CSA with 
TMUSA, we recorded on-net service revenue of $14.0 million and $21.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
respectively. Our off-net revenues increased from the year ended December 31, 2023 to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily 
from customers acquired with the Sprint Business and an increase in revenues from our legacy Cogent customers. 
In connection with our acquisition of the Sprint Business, we expanded our offerings of optical wavelength and optical transport 
services over our fiber network. Our wavelength revenue was $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and was $5.7 
million for the year ended December 31, 2023.  
Our non-core revenues decreased from the year ended December 31, 2023 to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to 
the cancellation of non-core revenues acquired in the Sprint Business. Non-core services are services, that we acquired and continue to 
support but do not actively sell. 
Network Operations Expenses. Network operations expenses include the costs of personnel associated with service delivery, 
network management and customer support, network facilities costs, right-of-way fees, fiber and equipment maintenance fees, leased 
circuit costs, access and facilities fees paid to building owners and excise taxes billed to our customers and recorded on a gross basis. 
Non-cash equity-based compensation expense is included in network operations expenses consistent with the classification of the 
employee’s salaries and other compensation. Our 17.9% increase in network operations expense was primarily attributable to an 
increase in network operations expense from our acquisition of the Sprint Business and an increase in costs related to our network and 
facilities expansion activities. 
Selling, General, and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses. Our SG&A expenses, including non-cash equity-based compensation 
expense, increased by 0.2% from the year ended December 31, 2023 to the year ended December 31, 2024. Non-cash equity-based 
compensation expense is included in SG&A expenses consistent with the classification of the employee’s salary and other 
compensation. SG&A expenses increased primarily from an increase in salaries and benefits from 942 employees added to our 
headcount from our acquisition of the Sprint Business on the Closing Date and costs associated with the Sprint acquisition including 
TSA costs. Our total headcount was 1,916 at December 31, 2024 and 1,947 at December 31, 2023. 
Acquisition-Related Costs. In connection with the Transaction and negotiation of the Purchase Agreement, we incurred 
professional fees, and other acquisition related costs totaling $42.1 million, including $28.6 million of reimbursed severance costs. 
Such fees totaled $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. 
Depreciation and Amortization Expenses. Our depreciation and amortization expense increased by 28.3% primarily due to the 
depreciation expense associated with assets acquired with the Sprint Business and an increase in deployed fixed assets, partly offset by 
the impact of an increase in the estimated useful life for our owned fiber acquired with the Sprint Business. Effective July 1, 2024, we 
changed our estimate of the useful life of our owned fiber to better reflect the estimated periods during which these assets will remain 
in service. The estimated useful life of the owned fiber that previously averaged 14 years was increased to an average of 40 years. The 
effect of this change in estimate on the year ended December 31, 2024 was to reduce depreciation expense by $8.7 million. 
Gain on Lease Termination. In June 2024, we elected to exercise a contractual option to prepay in full at a 12.0% discounted rate 
an IRU finance lease agreement between us and a vendor we assumed with the Sprint Business for $114.6 million. At the payment 
date, the present value of the IRU finance lease liability was $117.9 million and the remaining thirty-one $4.2 million monthly 
principal payments totaled $130.2 million. The prepayment resulted in a gain on lease termination of $3.3 million related to the 
difference between the book value of $117.9 million and the cash payment of $114.6 million. We are continuing to use the related 
IRU asset. 
Gain on Bargain Purchase. We accounted for our acquisition of the Sprint Business as a business combination. The identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Assigning fair market values to the 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of an acquisition requires the use of significant judgment regarding estimates and 
assumptions. As of December 31, 2023, the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $1.9 billion (including amounts due 
under the IP Transit Services Agreement) and was in excess of the $0.9 billion liabilities assumed and the $0.6 billion net 
consideration to be received from the Seller resulting in a gain on bargain purchase of $1.4 billion. During the year ended December 
31, 2024, we made certain adjustments to our estimates of the fair market value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed resulting 
in an increase to the gain on bargain purchase of $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The total bargain purchase gain 
from the Transaction was $1.4 billion.  

Page 39 of 96 
Interest Income - IP Transit Services Agreement. Under the IP Transit Services Agreement, TMUSA will pay us an aggregate of 
$700.0 million, consisting of (i) $350.0 million in equal monthly installments during the first year after the Closing Date and (ii) 
$350.0 million in equal monthly installments over the subsequent 42 months. The IP Transit Services Agreement was recorded in 
connection with the Transaction at its discounted present value resulting in a discount of $79.6 million. The amortization of the 
discount is recorded as interest income. 
Interest Expense - Including Change in Valuation of Swap Agreement. Our interest expense resulted from interest incurred on our 
2026 Notes, 2027 Notes, 2027 Mirror Notes, IPv4 Notes, Swap Agreement and finance lease obligations. 
As of December 31, 2024, the fair value of our Swap Agreement was a net liability of $22.3 million. Changes in the valuation of 
the Swap Agreement are related to semi-annual interest payments in May and November and changes in interest rates, and are 
included in interest expense. Under the Swap Agreement settlement payments made in May 2023 and November 2023, we paid a total 
of $21.5 million to the counterparty for a net cash interest cost of $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Under the 
Swap Agreement settlement payments made in May 2024 and November 2024, we paid a total of $24.2 million to the counterparty for 
a net cash interest cost of $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. Our interest expense increased by 32.1% primarily due 
to the issuance of our IPv4 Notes in May 2024, the issuance of our 2027 Mirror Notes in June 2024 and the increase in payments 
under our Swap Agreement. 
Income Tax Benefit. Our income tax benefit was $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $54.0 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2023. The change in our income tax benefit was primarily related to projected operating results related to 
the Sprint Business acquisition and the reversal of deferred tax liabilities acquired with the Sprint Business. 
Buildings On-net. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had a total of 3,453 and 3,277 on-net buildings connected to our 
network, respectively. The increase in our on-net buildings was a result of our disciplined network expansion program. We anticipate 
adding a similar number of buildings to our network for the next several years. 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 
Acquisition of Sprint Communications 
The Sprint Business’s cash flow was negative at the time of negotiations and during its recent history. Due to the dire financial 
condition of the Sprint Business, it was understood that a payment from T-Mobile to any potential buyer would be required to execute 
a transaction to give a buyer sufficient cash inflow to offset losses that would be expected until a buyer could optimize the business. 
Based on management’s internal modeling at the culmination of the due diligence process, management determined this cash payment 
to be $700.0 million. Management is reducing the negative cash flow of the Sprint Business through the payments from the IP Transit 
Services Agreement, reducing operating costs and increasing revenue primarily by providing optical wavelength and optical transport 
services over our fiber network, including the owned network we acquired with the Sprint Business. We are selling these services to 
our existing customers, customers we acquired with the Sprint Business and to new customers who require dedicated optical transport 
connectivity without the capital and ongoing expenses associated with owning and operating network infrastructure. As part of the 
Transaction, we began incurring costs associated with the TSA. The amount of these costs will be dependent upon our ability to 
integrate the operations of the Sprint Business into our operations. Our cash flow requirements related to the acquisition of the Sprint 
Business will be dependent upon our ability to reduce the acquired operating costs, our success in retaining the acquired customers 
and our ability to sell optical wavelength and optical transport services over our fiber network. 
Under the IP Transit Services Agreement, TMUSA will pay us an aggregate of $700.0 million, consisting of (i) $350.0 million in 
equal monthly installments of $29.2 million per month during the first year after the Closing Date and (ii) $350.0 million in equal 
monthly installments of $8.3 million per month over the subsequent 42 months. Through December 31, 2024, we received monthly 
payments totaling $408.3 million under the IP Transit Services Agreement, reflected as cash flows from investing activities in our 
consolidated statements of cash flows. As our business has grown as a result of an increasing customer base, the Transaction, broader 
geographic coverage and increased traffic on our network, we have historically produced a growing level of cash provided by 
operating activities. Since we closed the Transaction, we experienced a reduction of cash provided by operating activities from the 
impact of the Transaction. The cash received from the IP Transit Services Agreement was designed to offset operating losses 
associated with the Sprint Business. Increasing our cash provided by operating activities is, in part, dependent upon our ability to 
reduce the operating costs of the Sprint Business while retaining its profitable revenue, expanding our geographic footprint and 
increasing our network capacity. 

Page 40 of 96 
During 2025, we expect to receive a total of $100.0 million under the monthly payments under the IP Transit Services Agreement. 
This includes 12 monthly payments of $8.3 million each. Increasing our cash provided by operating activities, is in part, dependent 
upon our ability to reduce the operating costs of the Sprint Business while retaining its profitable revenue. 
In assessing our liquidity, management reviews and analyzes our current cash balances, payments under the IP Transit Services 
Agreement, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, capital expenditure commitments, and required finance lease 
and debt payments and other obligations. Because of the operating leverage of our network, our annual capital expenditures measured 
as a percentage of revenues has fallen over the last decade but increased in 2024 to 18.8% from 13.8% for 2023, primarily due to 
capital expenditures related to our acquisition of the Sprint Business, costs associated with providing wave services, conversion costs 
related to acquired data centers and adding buildings to our network. 
To date, we have been able to raise capital by issuing notes and arranging financing and leases that have had more flexible terms 
at reasonable cost. Through our issuance of the IPv4 Notes, we have also been able to access new markets for raising capital. The 
combination of this improved operating performance and access to capital has preserved our financial flexibility and buttressed our 
ability to make distributions to stockholders in the form of cash dividends or through share repurchases. We have returned $1.6 billion 
to our stockholders through share repurchases and dividends. We will continue to assess our capital and liquidity needs and, where 
appropriate, return capital to stockholders. 
Over the next several years, we have significant contractual and anticipated cash outlays, including our indicative dividend 
payments on our common stock, our maturing debt obligations, interest payments on our debt obligations and Swap Agreement and 
our projected capital expenditure requirements in order to help execute our business plan, including the integration of Sprint Business. 
Based upon the historical growth rate of our dividend, we expect that we would have to provide approximately $399 million in order 
to meet our expected quarterly dividend payments over the next two years. Our $500.0 million of 2026 Notes accrue interest at 3.50%, 
mature in May 2026 and include annual interest payments of $17.5 million until maturity. Our $450.0 million of 2027 Notes mature in 
June 2027 and include annual interest payments of $31.5 million until maturity. Our $300.0 million of 2027 Mirror Notes mature in 
June 2027 and include annual interest payments of $21.0 million until maturity. Our $206.0 million of IPv4 Notes effectively mature 
in May 2029 and include annual interest payments of $16.3 million until maturity (which amount increases if the IPv4 Notes are not 
repaid prior to May 2029). 
Under our Swap Agreement, we pay the counterparty a semi-annual payment based upon overnight SOFR plus a contractual 
interest rate spread, and the counterparty pays us a semi-annual fixed 3.50% interest payment. These settlement payments are made in 
November and May of each year until the Swap Agreement expires in February 2026. As of December 31, 2024, $22.3 million of our 
cash and cash equivalents are restricted for use under our Swap Agreement. We have made a $23.4 million deposit with the 
counterparty to the Swap Agreement. If the fair value of the Swap Agreement exceeds a net liability of $23.4 million, we will be 
required to deposit additional funds with the counterparty equal to the liability fair value. 
In June 2024, we elected to exercise a contractual option to prepay in full at a 12.0% discount rate an IRU finance lease 
agreement between us and a vendor we assumed with the Sprint Business for $114.6 million. At the payment date, the present value of 
the IRU finance lease liability was $117.9 million and the remaining thirty-one $4.2 million monthly principal payments totaled 
$130.2 million. The prepayment resulted in a gain on lease termination of $3.3 million related to the difference between the book 
value of $117.9 million and the cash payment of $114.6 million. We are continuing to use the related IRU asset. 
We may need to, or elect to, refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness at or before maturity, and we cannot provide assurances 
that we will be able to refinance any such indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In addition, we may elect to secure 
additional capital in the future, at acceptable terms, to improve our liquidity or fund acquisitions or for general corporate purposes. In 
addition, in an effort to reduce future cash interest payments as well as future amounts due at maturity or to extend debt maturities, we 
may, from time to time, issue new debt, enter into interest rate swap agreements, enter into debt for debt, or cash transactions to 
purchase our outstanding debt securities in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. We will evaluate any such 
transactions in light of the existing market conditions. The amounts involved in any such transaction, individually or in the aggregate, 
may be material. We or our affiliates may, at any time and from time to time, seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through 
cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity or debt, in open-market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such 
repurchases or exchanges, if any, will be upon such terms and at such prices as we may determine, and will depend on prevailing 
market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material. 
In light of the economic uncertainties associated with the global economy, evolving hybrid work arrangements, the cash flow 
requirements of the Sprint Business, and the uncertain impact of proposed changes to economic and fiscal policies in the United States 
and other countries, our executive officers and Board of Directors have continued to carefully monitor our liquidity and cash 

Page 41 of 96 
requirements as well as our capital spending. After consideration of these circumstances, we currently plan to continue our current 
dividend policy. As we do each year, we will continue to monitor our future sources and uses of cash, and anticipate that we will 
adjust our capital allocation strategies when, as and if determined by our Board of Directors. 
As of December 31, 2024, we had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $227.9 million. The COVID-19 pandemic has not 
impacted our credit rating to date, nor do we believe that it has materially changed our cost of capital. We believe we are able to 
timely service our debt obligations and will not require any concessions to do so. We believe we will have access to additional capital 
from a variety of sources and the public capital markets for debt and equity. 
Continued Impact of Changing Office Occupancy Rates 
Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, we have experienced certain corporate customers taking a more cautious 
approach to new configurations and upgrades as well as a reduction in demand for connecting smaller satellite offices as a result of the 
challenges and uncertainties of the remote work environment that resulted initially from the pandemic. We also witnessed a 
deteriorating real estate market in and around the buildings we service with rising vacancy levels and falling lease initiations or 
renewals, which resulted in fewer sales opportunities for our salesforce and a reduction in VPN opportunities. As a result, we 
experienced a slowdown in new sales to our corporate customers, which negatively impacted our corporate revenue growth. 
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we continued to see declining vacancy rates compared to their peak during the 
pandemic and rising office occupancy rates in certain markets in which we operate continuing a trend that began following the end of 
the pandemic. Other markets, particularly those in California, Washington D.C. and the Pacific Northwest, continue to see markedly 
higher vacancy rates. These higher vacancy rates may represent a long-term change in office attendance and occupancy rates in these 
markets. Despite this overall environment, we are seeing some positive trends in our corporate business. This was partially due to the 
increase in office occupancy rates and leasing activity in some markets but also due to new demands for services from corporate 
customers. As the option to fully or partially work from home becomes permanently established at many companies, our corporate 
customers are integrating certain new applications that became part of the remote work environment, which benefits our corporate 
business as these customers upgrade their Internet access infrastructure to higher capacity connections, and mitigates the overall 
impact of remote work policies on our corporate business. Further, if and when companies eventually return to the buildings in which 
we operate, whether as existing or new tenants, we believe it will present an opportunity for increased sales. 
While we believe that demand for office space in the buildings in which we operate will remain among the strongest in the 
markets in which they are located, and that most employers will eventually require their employees to return to their offices on at least 
a hybrid basis, the timing and scope of a return to office, particularly in a number of key markets we serve, remains uncertain. In some 
markets, office occupancy rates may never return to pre-2020 levels. As a result, we may continue to experience increased customer 
turnover, fewer upgrades of existing customer configurations and fewer new tenant opportunities. These trends may negatively impact 
our revenue growth, cash flows and profitability. 
Cash Flows 
The following table sets forth our consolidated cash flows. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 
 
    
2024 
    
2023 
     
2022 
 
 
(in thousands) 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 
 $  (8,645) $
 17,345  $  173,707 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 
    21,492    
 76,726    (78,971)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 
    105,925     (257,851)   (144,849)
Effect of exchange rates on cash 
    (4,637)   
 1,649   
 (2,599)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 
during the year 
 $ 114,135  $ (162,131) $  (52,712)
 
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities. Our primary source of operating cash is receipts from our customers who 
are billed on a monthly basis for our services. Our primary uses of operating cash are payments made to our vendors, payments made 
under the TSA, payments to employees and interest payments made to our finance lease vendors and our note holders. Our changes in 
cash provided by operating activities are primarily due to changes in net payments under the TSA, changes in our operating profit and 
changes in our interest payments. 

Page 42 of 96 
On the Closing Date, we entered into a TSA with the Seller, pursuant to which the Seller provides to us, and we provide to the 
Seller on an interim basis following the Closing Date, Transition Services to ensure an orderly transition following the separation of 
the Sprint Business from Sprint Communications. Amounts billed under the TSA are due 30 days from receipt of the related invoice. 
During 2024 and 2023, we were billed $27.2 million and $284.1 million, respectively, under the TSA, primarily for reimbursement at 
cost of payments to vendors of the Sprint Business. During 2024 and 2023 we paid $93.8 million and $217.2 million to the Seller 
under the TSA, respectively. Amounts recorded and paid as due to the Seller under the TSA resulted in a use of cash in operating 
activities of $66.4 million for 2024 and contributed $66.9 million to net cash provided by operating activities for 2023. 
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities. Our primary use of cash for investing activities is for purchases of property 
and equipment. Purchases of property and equipment were $195.0 million, $129.6 million and $79.0 million for 2024, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively. The changes in purchases of property and equipment were primarily due to the timing and scope of our network 
expansion activities including geographic expansion, purchases related to our acquisition of the Sprint Business, costs associated with 
providing wave services, conversion costs related to acquired data centers and adding buildings to our network. 
Our primary source of cash provided by investing activities is our IP Transit Services Agreement with TMUSA. On the Closing 
Date, we entered into the IP Transit Services Agreement pursuant to which TMUSA will pay us an aggregate of $700.0 million, 
consisting of (i) $350.0 million in equal monthly installments during the first year after the Closing Date and (ii) $350.0 million in 
equal monthly installments over the subsequent 42 months. During 2024 and 2023 we were paid $204.2 million and $204.2 million 
under the IP Transit Services Agreement, respectively. In May 2023 we paid $61.1 million and acquired $47.1 million of cash and in 
2023 we paid $5.0 million related to our acquisition of the Sprint Business. In 2024 and 2023 we received $12.3 million and $16.2 
million of reimbursed severance payments, respectively, related to our acquisition of the Sprint Business. We received a combined net 
total of $14.5 million of cash received (including reimbursed severance payments) related to our acquisition of the Sprint Business. 
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities. Our primary uses of cash for financing activities are for dividend payments, 
principal payments under our finance lease obligations and purchases of our common stock. Our primary sources of cash for financing 
activities are issuances of note obligations. During 2024, 2023 and 2022, we paid $189.4 million, $181.7 million and $169.9 million, 
respectively, for our quarterly dividend payments. Our quarterly dividend payments have increased due to increases in our quarterly 
dividend per share amounts. Principal payments under our finance lease obligations were $74.6 million, $77.4 million and $45.5 
million, respectively, In June 2024, we elected to exercise a contractual option to prepay in full at a 12.0% discount rate an IRU 
finance lease agreement between us and a vendor we assumed with the Sprint Business for $114.6 million. The other changes in our 
principal payments under our finance lease obligations were primarily due to the timing and extent of our network expansion activities 
including geographic expansion, purchases related to our acquisition of the Sprint Business, purchases associated with providing wave 
services and adding buildings to our network. During 2024, we purchased 153,322 shares of our common stock for $8.0 million. There 
were no purchases of our common stock in 2023 or 2022. 
We completed a series of debt issuances and redemptions in 2024 and 2022. 
On May 2, 2024, we issued $206.0 million aggregate principal amount of our IPv4 Notes, with an anticipated term ending in May 
2029. The net proceeds from the offering, after debt offering costs, were $198.4 million. Interest on the IPv4 Notes is paid on a 
monthly basis. From and after May 2029, principal payments will also be required to be made on the IPv4 Notes on a monthly basis. 
No principal payments will be due on the IPv4 Notes prior to May 2029, unless certain rapid amortization or acceleration triggers are 
activated. 
On June 11, 2024, Cogent Communications Group, LLC (“Group”) and Cogent Finance, Inc. (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with 
Group, the “Issuers”), two wholly owned subsidiaries of Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), completed an offering 
of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2027 Mirror Notes. The 2027 Mirror Notes were issued at a price equal to 
98.50% of their face value. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $291.9 million after deducting the discount and 
offering expenses. The 2027 Mirror Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum. Interest began to accrue on the 2027 Mirror 
Notes on June 11, 2024 and will be paid semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on 
December 15, 2024. Unless earlier redeemed or repurchased, the 2027 Mirror Notes will mature on June 15, 2027. 
In June 2022, we paid $375.4 million to redeem and extinguish our 2024 Notes at 101.094% of par value, and we issued $450.0 
million of our 2027 Notes for net proceeds of $446.0 million. 

Page 43 of 96 
Indebtedness 
Our total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at December 31, 2024 were $227.9 million and our net accounts receivable 
were $96.9 million. We believe this level of liquidity reduces our exposure to refinancing risk, potential underperformance of the 
business or other unforeseen challenges and enhances our ability to pursue acquisitions or operating opportunities. We intend to hold 
levels of cash and cash equivalents sufficient to maintain our ability to fund operations and make dividend payments to our 
stockholders. 
Our total indebtedness at December 31, 2024, at par value, was $2.0 billion. Our total indebtedness at December 31, 2024 
includes $538.4 million of finance lease obligations for dark fiber under long-term IRU agreements. 
Issuance of $300.0 Million Principal Amount of 2027 Mirror Notes 
On June 11, 2024, the Issuers completed the offering of our 2027 Mirror Notes for issuance in a private placement not registered 
under the Securities Act. The 2027 Mirror Notes were offered and sold only to persons reasonably believed to be qualified 
institutional buyers in an unregistered offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non - U.S. persons in 
transactions outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2027 Mirror Notes have the same 
maturity date and call protection, bear interest at the same rate and otherwise have substantially the same terms as our 2027 Notes; 
however, the 2027 Mirror Notes are not fungible (from a trading or tax perspective) with the 2027 Notes and are a separate series of 
notes from the 2027 Notes. 
The 2027 Mirror Notes were issued at a price equal to 98.50% of their face value. The net proceeds from the offering were 
approximately $291.9 million after deducting the discount and offering expenses. We used $114.6 million of the net proceeds from the 
offering to exercise a contractual option to prepay in full in June 2024 an existing IRU agreement consisting of 31 remaining monthly 
recurring payments of $4.2 million, at a 12.0% discount rate. We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate 
purposes and/or to make special or recurring dividends to Holdings. 
The 2027 Mirror Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture, dated June 11, 2024 (the “2027 Mirror Notes 
Indenture”), among the Issuers, Holdings, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee 
(the “2027 Notes Trustee”). The 2027 Mirror Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) on a senior unsecured 
basis by each of Group’s existing and future material domestic subsidiaries (other than the Co-Issuer), subject to certain exceptions 
(collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and by Holdings (together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, the “Guarantors”). However, 
the Holdings is not subject to the covenants under the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture. Under certain circumstances, the Guarantors may 
be released from these Guarantees without the consent of the holders of the 2027 Mirror Notes. 
The 2027 Mirror Notes and the Guarantees are the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ senior unsecured obligations. The 2027 Mirror 
Notes and the Guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ existing and future secured 
indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness, and are structurally subordinated to all 
indebtedness and other liabilities of subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors. Without giving effect to collateral arrangements, 
the 2027 Mirror Notes and the Guarantees rank pari passu in right of payment with all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ existing and 
future senior indebtedness, including the 2026 Notes and the 2027 Notes. The 2027 Mirror Notes and the Guarantees rank 
contractually senior in right of payment to all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ subordinated indebtedness and are structurally 
subordinated to any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the Issuers’ non-guarantor subsidiaries. 
The 2027 Mirror Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum. Interest began to accrue on the 2027 Mirror Notes on June 11, 
2024 is paid semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, which commenced on December 15, 2024. Unless 
earlier redeemed or repurchased, the 2027 Mirror Notes will mature on June 15, 2027. After June 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem 
the 2027 Mirror Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price ranging from 103.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2027 
Mirror Notes redeemed to par (depending on the year), in each case, as set forth in the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption.  
If Group undergoes specific kinds of change in control accompanied by certain ratings events, the Issuers will be required to offer 
to repurchase the 2027 Mirror Notes from holders at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase. Additionally, if Group or any of its restricted subsidiaries sells 
assets and does not apply the proceeds from such sale in a certain manner or certain other events have not occurred, under certain 
circumstances, we will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the 2027 Mirror Notes at an offer price in cash 
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2027 Mirror Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the 

Page 44 of 96 
repurchase date. In connection with any offer to purchase all or any of the 2027 Mirror Notes (including a change of control offer, 
asset sale offer or any tender offer), if holders of no less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2027 Mirror 
Notes validly tender their 2027 Mirror Notes, the Issuers, or a third party, are entitled to redeem any remaining 2027 Mirror Notes at 
the price paid to each holder. 
The 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture includes covenants that restrict Group and its restricted subsidiaries’ (including the Co-Issuer’s) 
ability to, among other things: incur indebtedness; issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities; pay dividends or make 
other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock; make certain investments and other restricted payments, such 
as prepayment, redemption or repurchase of certain indebtedness; create liens; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or 
substantially all of the properties and assets of Group and its restricted subsidiaries taken as a whole; incur restrictions on the ability of 
a subsidiary to pay dividends or make other payments; or enter into transactions with affiliates. The covenants provide for certain 
exceptions to these restrictions, and Holdings is not subject to the covenants under the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture. Certain covenants 
will cease to apply to the 2027 Mirror Notes if, and for so long as, the 2027 Mirror Notes have investment grade ratings from any two 
of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Fitch Ratings, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings, and so long as no default or event of default under the 
2027 Mirror Notes Indenture has occurred and is continuing. Upon suspension of the covenants, the Guarantees will be released until 
such time as the covenants are no longer suspended. 
The principal amount of the 2027 Mirror Notes would become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of certain 
bankruptcy or insolvency events and may be declared immediately due and payable by the 2027 Notes Trustee or the holders of at 
least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding 2027 Mirror Notes upon the occurrence of certain events of 
default under the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture. Events of default include the following with respect to the Issuers’ and Group’s 
significant subsidiaries: (i) failure to pay principal, premium or interest at required times; (ii) failure to comply with any other 
agreements in the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture; (iii) default on certain material indebtedness that is caused by a failure to make a 
payment within any applicable grace period when due at maturity or results in the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its 
express maturity; (iv) failure to pay certain material judgments; (v) a Guarantee being held unenforceable or invalid or ceasing for any 
reason to be in full force and effect or a Guarantor denying or disaffirming its obligations under its Guarantee; and (vi) certain events 
of bankruptcy or insolvency. 
Issuance of $206.0 Million Principal Amount of IPv4 Notes 
On May 2, 2024, the IPv4 Issuer, our special-purpose, bankruptcy remote, indirect wholly owned subsidiary, issued $206.0 
million aggregate principal amount of IPv4 Notes, with an anticipated term ending in May 2029 (such anticipated repayment date, the 
“ARD”), in an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The net proceeds from the offering, after debt offering 
costs, were $198.4 million and are expected to be used for general corporate purposes. 
The IPv4 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of May 2, 2024 (the “IPv4 Base Indenture”), as supplemented by 
the Series 2024-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of May 2, 2024 (the “Series 2024-1 Supplement”), in each case entered into by and 
between the IPv4 Issuer and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee for the IPv4 Notes (the “IPv4 Trustee”). The IPv4 
Base Indenture allows the IPv4 Issuer to issue additional series of notes subject to certain conditions set forth therein, and the IPv4 
Base Indenture, together with the Series 2024-1 Supplement, and any other series supplements to the IPv4 Base Indenture, is referred 
to herein as the “IPv4 Indenture.” 
The IPv4 Notes were issued as part of a securitization transaction, pursuant to which certain Internet Protocol version 4 (“IPv4”) 
addresses, customer IPv4 address leases, customer accounts receivables and other IPv4 address assets (collectively, “IPv4 Address 
Assets”) were contributed or sold to the IPv4 Issuer and are included as collateral for the IPv4 Notes. 
While the IPv4 Notes are outstanding, scheduled payments of interest are required to be made on a monthly basis. From and after 
the ARD, principal payments will also be required to be made on the IPv4 Notes on a monthly basis. No principal payments will be 
due on the IPv4 Notes prior to the ARD, unless certain rapid amortization or acceleration triggers are activated.  
Cogent Communications LLC (in such capacity, the “Manager”) performs certain monthly services related to the IPv4 Address 
Assets and IPv4 Notes including billing customers, collecting amounts paid by customers, forwarding payments to the IPv4 Trustee 
related to the IPv4 Address Assets and other administrative services. Amounts paid by the Manager to the IPv4 Trustee are reconciled 
on a monthly basis and the IPv4 Trustee pays the monthly interest on the IPv4 Notes and other expenses from the accumulated 
customer payments on the IPv4 Address Assets. Amounts held by the IPv4 Trustee before the monthly reconciliation is completed are 
considered restricted cash. After the IPv4 Trustee pays the monthly interest and other IPv4 Address Asset related costs, including 
monthly fees paid to the Manager for its services, the residual cash is paid to us and is unrestricted. 

Page 45 of 96 
The legal final maturity date of the IPv4 Notes is in May of 2054. If the IPv4 Issuer has not repaid or refinanced the IPv4 Notes 
prior to the monthly payment date in May of 2029, additional interest will accrue thereon in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 5.0% 
per annum and (ii) the excess amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the interest rate for such IPv4 Note: (A) the 
yield to maturity (adjusted to a “mortgage-equivalent basis” pursuant to the standards and practices of the Securities Industry and 
Financial Markets Association) on the ARD for such IPv4 Note of the United States Treasury Security having a remaining term 
closest to 10 years; plus (B) 5.0%; plus (C) the post-ARD note spread of 3.400% applicable to such Note. 
The IPv4 Notes are obligations only of the IPv4 Issuer pursuant to the IPv4 Indenture, and are secured by a security interest in 
substantially all of the IPv4 Address Assets pursuant to the IPv4 Indenture. The IPv4 Notes are guaranteed by Cogent IPv4 Holdco 
LLC, a special-purpose entity and our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, as the guarantor (the “IPv4 Guarantor”), pursuant to a 
guaranty dated as of May 2, 2024 (the “Guaranty”), by the IPv4 Guarantor in favor of the IPv4 Trustee, pursuant to which the IPv4 
Guarantor has granted a security interest in the equity interests of the IPv4 Issuer as collateral security for its obligations under the 
Guaranty. Except as described below, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries, other than the IPv4 Issuer and the IPv4 Guarantor, will 
guarantee or in any way be liable for the obligations of the IPv4 Issuer under the IPv4 Indenture or the IPv4 Notes. 
The IPv4 Notes are subject to a series of covenants and restrictions customary for transactions of this type. These covenants and 
restrictions include (i) that the IPv4 Issuer maintains a liquidity reserve account to be used to make required payments in respect of the 
IPv4 Notes such amount considered restricted cash, (ii) provisions relating to optional and mandatory prepayments, including 
specified make - whole payments in the case of certain optional prepayments of the IPv4 Notes prior to the monthly payment date in 
May of 2028, (iii) certain indemnification payments in the event, among other things, that the transfers of the assets pledged as 
collateral for the IPv4 Notes are in stated ways defective or ineffective and (iv) covenants relating to recordkeeping, access to 
information and similar matters. As provided in the IPv4 Base Indenture, the IPv4 Notes are also subject to rapid amortization in the 
event of a failure to maintain a stated debt service coverage ratio as defined in the IPv4 Indenture. A rapid amortization may be cured 
if the debt service coverage ratio exceeds a certain threshold for a certain period of time, upon which cure, regular amortization, if any, 
will resume. In addition, if certain utilization thresholds are not met (i.e., the proportion of IP addresses that are leased to the total 
number of IP addresses owned by the IPv4 Issuer falls below certain thresholds), the IPv4 Issuer will be required to apply collections 
to the repayment of the IPv4 Notes, and in certain circumstances, the noteholders will have the ability to direct a sale of the IP Address 
Assets, in whole or in part, pursuant to the terms set forth in the IPv4 Indenture. The IPv4 Notes are also subject to certain customary 
events of default, including events relating to non - payment of required interest, principal or other amounts due on or with respect to 
the IPv4 Notes, failure to comply with covenants within certain time frames, certain bankruptcy events, breaches of specified 
representations and warranties, failure of security interests to be effective and certain judgments. 
Senior Unsecured 2027 Notes—$450.0 Million 
In June 2022, Group issued $450.0 million of 2027 Notes. The 2027 Notes were sold in private offerings for resale to qualified 
institutional buyers pursuant to SEC Rule 144A and mature on June 15, 2027. Interest accrues at 7.00% and is paid semi-annually in 
arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. Holdings provided a guarantee of the 2027 Notes, but Holdings is not subject to the 
covenants under the indenture. 
Senior Secured 2026 Notes—$500.0 Million 
In May 2021, Group issued $500.0 million of 2026 Notes. The 2026 Notes were sold in private offerings for resale to qualified 
institutional buyers pursuant to SEC Rule 144A and mature on May 1, 2026. Interest accrues at 3.50% and is paid semi-annually in 
arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year. Holdings provided a guarantee of the 2026 Notes, but Holdings is not subject to the 
covenants under the indenture. 
Senior Unsecured 2024 Notes—€350.0 Million 
In June 2019, Group completed an offering of €135.0 million of 2024 Notes. In June 2020, Group completed an offering of 
€215.0 million of 2024 Notes. The 2024 Notes were sold in private offerings for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to 
SEC Rule 144A and were scheduled to mature on June 30, 2024. Interest accrued at 4.375% and was paid semi-annually in arrears on 
June 30 and December 30 of each year. In June 2022, the 2024 Notes were redeemed with the proceeds from our 2027 Notes. 
 
 

Page 46 of 96 
Limitations Under the Indentures 
The indentures governing the 2026 Notes, the 2027 Notes and the 2027 Mirror Notes (the “Indentures”), among other things, limit 
the ability of Group and its restricted subsidiaries to incur indebtedness; to pay dividends or make other distributions; to make certain 
investments and other restricted payments; to create liens; to consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of 
its assets; to incur restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make other payments; and to enter into certain 
transactions with its affiliates. There are certain exceptions to the limitations on the ability to incur indebtedness under the Indentures, 
including IRU agreements incurred in the normal course of business and any additional indebtedness if Group’s consolidated leverage 
ratio, as defined in the Indentures, is less than 6.0 to 1.0 or Group’s fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined in the Indentures, is 2.0 to 
1.0 or greater. Group and its subsidiaries can also incur unlimited liens (which can be used, together with capacity under the debt 
covenant, to incur additional secured indebtedness) if Group’s consolidated secured leverage ratio, as defined in the Indentures, is less 
than 4.0 to 1.0. Under the Indentures, Group and its restricted subsidiaries can pay dividends, make other distributions, make certain 
investments and make other restricted payments under certain circumstances, including if, after giving pro forma effect to such 
restricted payment, Group could still incur $1 of “Ratio Debt,”, as defined (i.e., either its consolidated leverage ratio is less than 6.0 to 
1.0 or its fixed charge coverage ratio is 2.0 to 1.0 or greater). As of December 31, 2024, Group’s consolidated leverage ratio was 
below 6.0, Group’s consolidated secured leverage ratio was below 4.0 and Group’s fixed charge coverage ratio was above 2.0. As of 
December 31, 2024, a total of $303.6 million was unrestricted and permitted for restricted payments, including dividends and stock 
purchases. 
Summarized Financial Information of Holdings 
Neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries that is not also a subsidiary of Group is a “Restricted Subsidiary” as defined under the 
Indentures. Holdings is a guarantor under these notes, but none of its subsidiaries that is not also a subsidiary of Group is a guarantor 
under these notes. Under the Indentures, we are required to disclose certain reasonably related information of Holdings and its 
subsidiaries that is not attributable to Group and its subsidiaries, relating to Holdings’ assets, liabilities and operating results 
(“Holdings Financial Information”). The Holdings Financial Information as of and for the three months and year ended December 31, 
2024 is detailed below (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     As of December 31, 2024 
 
 
(Unaudited) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
$ 
 15,336 
Restricted cash 
 
 
 7,116 
Accounts receivable, net 
 
 
 3,123 
Other current assets 
 
 
 27,515 
Total current assets 
 
 
 53,090 
Property and equipment, net 
 
 
 268,554 
Right-of-use leased assets 
 
 
 44,208 
Intangible assets, net 
 
 
 440 
Due from T-Mobile - Purchase Agreement 
 
 
 22,360 
Total assets 
 
$ 
 388,652 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable 
 
$ 
 2,568 
Accrued and other liabilities 
 
 
 35,351 
Due to T-Mobile – TSA 
 
 
 525 
Operating lease liabilities, current maturities 
 
 
 44,021 
Total current liabilities 
 
 
 82,465 
Operating lease liabilities 
 
 
 216,857 
Due to Cogent Communications, LLC 
 
  
 556,173 
Senior secured IPv4 Notes 
 
 
 199,298 
Deferred income tax liabilities 
 
 
 421,237 
Other long-term liabilities 
 
 
 26,711 
Total liabilities 
 
  
 1,502,741 
Total stockholders’ deficit 
 
  
 (1,114,089)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit 
 
$ 
 388,652 
 

Page 47 of 96 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 
     
December 31, 2024 
 
 
(Unaudited) 
Service revenue 
 
$ 
 11,488 
Operating expenses: 
 
  
Network operations 
 
 
 25,642 
Selling, general, and administrative 
 
 
 41,912 
Equity-based compensation expense 
 
 
 8,167 
Depreciation and amortization 
 
 
 29,222 
Total operating expenses 
 
 
 104,943 
Operating loss 
 
 
 (93,455)
Interest expense 
 
 
 (4,394)
Interest income - Purchase Agreement 
 
 
 417 
Interest income and other, net 
 
 
 3,389 
Net loss 
 
$ 
 (94,043)
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Year Ended 
 
 
December 31, 2024 
 
 
(Unaudited) 
Service revenue 
 
$ 
 29,134 
Operating expenses: 
 
 
Network operations 
 
  
 93,916 
Selling, general, and administrative 
 
  
 79,884 
Equity-based compensation expense 
 
 
 28,838 
Depreciation and amortization 
 
  
 161,293 
Total operating expenses 
 
 
 363,931 
Operating loss 
 
  
 (334,797)
Interest expense 
 
 
 (15,762)
Gain on lease termination 
 
 
 3,332 
Gain on bargain purchase – Sprint Business 
 
 
 22,202 
Interest income – Purchase Agreement 
 
 
 748 
Interest income and other, net 
 
 
 2,209 
Net loss 
 
$ 
 (322,068)
 
Common Stock Buyback Program 
Our Board of Directors has approved purchases of our common stock under a buyback program (the “Buyback Program”) 
through December 31, 2025. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we purchased 153,322 shares of our common stock for $8.0 
million. There were no purchases of our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. As of 
December 31, 2024, there was a total of $22.4 million available under the Buyback Program. 
Dividends on Common Stock 
Dividends are recorded as a reduction to retained earnings. Dividends on unvested restricted shares of common stock are paid as 
the awards vest. Our initial quarterly dividend payment was made in the third quarter of 2012. On February 26, 2025, our Board of 
Directors approved the payment of our quarterly dividend of $1.005 per common share. The dividend for the first quarter of 2025 will 
be paid to holders of record on March 13, 2025. This estimated $47.8 million dividend payment is expected to be made on March 28, 
2025. The payment of any future dividends and any other returns of capital, including stock buybacks, will be at the discretion of our 
Board of Directors and may be reduced, eliminated or increased and will be dependent upon our financial position, results of 
operations, available cash, cash flow, capital requirements, limitations under our debt indentures and other factors deemed relevant by 
our Board of Directors. We are a Delaware Corporation and under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware distributions 
may be restricted including a restriction that distributions, including stock purchases and dividends, do not result in an impairment of a 
corporation’s capital, as defined under Delaware Law. The Indentures limit our ability to return cash to our stockholders. See Note 4 
“Long-term Debt” to our consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of limitations on distributions. 

Page 48 of 96 
Future Capital Requirements 
We believe that our cash on hand and cash generated from our operating activities and cash from the IP Transit Services 
Agreement will be adequate to meet our working capital, capital expenditure, debt service, dividend payments and other cash 
requirements for the next 12 months and beyond the next 12 months if we execute our business plan. 
Any future acquisitions or other significant unplanned costs or cash requirements in excess of amounts we currently hold may 
require that we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt or equity. In addition, our 2026 Notes will mature in May 2026. At 
that time we will need to repay our 2026 Notes which may require us to issue additional indebtedness. We cannot assure you that such 
financing will be available on terms acceptable to us or our stockholders, or at all. Insufficient funds may require us to delay or scale 
back the number of buildings and markets that we add to our network, reduce our planned increase in our sales and marketing efforts, 
reduce our planned dividend payments, or require us to otherwise alter our business plan or take other actions that could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If issuing equity securities raises additional 
funds, substantial dilution to existing stockholders may result. 
We may need to, or elect to, refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness at or before maturity and we cannot provide assurances 
that we will be able to refinance any such indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In addition, we may elect to secure 
additional capital in the future, at acceptable terms, to improve our liquidity or fund acquisitions or for general corporate purposes. In 
addition, in an effort to reduce future cash interest payments as well as future amounts due at maturity or to extend debt maturities, we 
may, from time to time, issue new debt, enter into debt for debt, or cash transactions to purchase our outstanding debt securities in the 
open market or through privately negotiated transactions. We will evaluate any such transactions in light of the existing market 
conditions. The amounts involved in any such transaction, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 
We do not have relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured 
finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements 
or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded 
contracts. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged 
in these relationships. 
Income Taxes 
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code in the United States limits the utilization of net operating losses when ownership 
changes, as defined by that section, occur. We have performed an analysis of our Section 382 ownership changes and have determined 
that the utilization of certain of our net operating loss carryforwards in the United States is limited. 
Critical Accounting Estimates 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial 
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The 
preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, 
liabilities, revenue and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical 
experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the 
basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 
The accounting policies we believe to be most critical to understanding our financial results and condition or that require 
complex, significant and subjective management judgments are discussed below. 
Acquisition accounting 
In connection with our acquisition of the Sprint Business we made the following significant changes to our critical accounting 
policies and significant estimates. For the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, we used the cost, income and 
market approaches, including market participant assumptions. 
 
 

Page 49 of 96 
In connection with the Transaction, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair values as of 
the acquisition date. Assigning fair market values to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of an acquisition requires 
the use of significant judgment regarding estimates and assumptions. We acquired property and equipment comprised of the legacy 
Sprint network and consists of optical fiber, related equipment, and owned real estate. Management valued these assets using factors 
that represent an orderly liquidation value, to approximate the highest and best use of assets acquired in a distressed business. 
The valuation of the optical fiber requires the estimation of the total replacement cost per mile of fiber and a factor to reflect the 
orderly liquidation value. There is not active market data for these assumptions and these assumptions are inherently subjective. 
Market participants could have differing views on these assumptions, which could result in a materially different fair value of the 
optical fiber. 
On the Closing Date, we entered into the IP Transit Services Agreement. We evaluated what elements were part of the business 
combination and the consideration exchanged to complete the Transaction. We concluded that the payments to be made represent 
consideration received from T-Mobile to complete the acquisition of a distressed business. We concluded that T-Mobile did not 
represent a customer, the stated contract price did not represent consideration for services to be delivered, and the transaction did not 
satisfy the definition of revenue. We also considered whether the IP Transit Services Agreement would be considered separable from 
the business combination. We concluded that the cash consideration was not separately identifiable from the business combination and 
was therefore not meant to be in exchange for a distinct good or service. As a result, the IP Transit Services Agreement was recorded 
in connection with the Transaction at its discounted present value resulting in a discount. The interest rate used in determining the 
present value was derived considering rates on similar issued debt instruments with comparable durations, among other market 
factors. The determination of the discount rate and the conclusions reached related to the IP Transit Services Agreement required 
significant judgment. 
The Purchase Agreement includes an estimated payment from Seller to Buyer related to short-term lease obligations. This amount 
was recorded at its present value resulting in a discount. The interest rate used in determining the present value was derived 
considering rates on similar issued debt instruments with comparable durations, among other market factors. The determination of the 
discount rate requires some judgment. 
In connection with the Transaction, we recorded an intangible asset totaling $458.0 million for acquired IPv4 addresses. This 
asset was recorded once management determined both the quantity of IPv4 addresses for which title was transferred and the valuation 
approach. Because of the novel nature of this asset and that the Transaction has resulted in a material bargain purchase gain, 
management recorded the asset after appropriate consideration of the valuation approach, in the context of a distressed business. The 
fair value measurement of the IPv4 addresses was based on recent auction prices and a factor to incorporate the uncertainty for how 
the market for IPv4 addresses will function in the future. We believe that these IPv4 addresses have an indefinite useful life and are 
not being amortized. We evaluate the IPv4 intangible asset for impairment on the first day of the fourth quarter, or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In performing our impairment 
assessment, we first evaluated qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-
lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. The factors we evaluated include market data for sales and leases of IPv4 
addresses and cash flows associated with the asset. Upon consideration of these factors we determined that it was not more-likely-
than-not that the asset was impaired, and that a quantitative impairment assessment was not required. 
 
 

Page 50 of 96 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 
We are exposed to certain market risks. These risks, which include interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange risk, arise in 
the normal course of business rather than from trading activities. 
Interest Rate Risk 
Interest Expense and Restricted Cash 
Our cash flow exposure due to changes in interest rates related to our IPv4 Notes, 2027 Mirror Notes and 2027 Notes is limited as 
these notes have fixed interest rates. Beginning in August 2021, we used a swap agreement to manage our interest rate risk on our 
2026 Notes. Our Swap Agreement has the economic effect of modifying our fixed-interest rate obligation associated with our 2026 
Notes to a variable interest rate obligation based on SOFR. The Swap Agreement is recorded at its fair value at each reporting period 
and we incur gains and losses due to changes in market interest rates. The values that we report for the Swap Agreement as of each 
reporting date are recognized as an additional non-cash interest expense or a reduction to interest expense with the corresponding 
amount included in liabilities or assets, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets. By entering into this Swap Agreement, we 
have assumed the risk associated with variable interest rates based upon SOFR related to our 2026 Notes. We have not entered into 
hedge agreements related to our IPv4 Notes, 2027 Mirror Notes or 2027 Notes, and we do not use derivative financial instruments for 
trading purposes. We have a $23.4 million interest-bearing deposit with the counterparty to our Swap Agreement. If the fair value of 
the Swap Agreement exceeds a net liability of $23.4 million, we will be required to deposit additional funds with the counterparty 
equal to the net liability that is in excess of the deposit. As of December 31, 2024, the fair value of the Swap Agreement was a liability 
of $22.3 million, and as a result, $22.3 million of the deposit was restricted and $1.1 million was unrestricted. A 1.0% change in 
interest rates as of December 31, 2024 would impact the change in the valuation of our Swap Agreement by approximately $6.2 
million. 
Interest Income 
Our interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates. However, based upon the nature and current level 
of our investments, which consist of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, we believe that there is no material interest rate 
exposure related to our investments. 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk 
Our operations outside of the United States expose us to potentially unfavorable adverse movements in foreign currency rate 
changes. We have not entered into forward exchange contracts related to our foreign currency exposure. While we record financial 
results and assets and liabilities from our international operations in the functional currency, which is generally the local currency, 
these results are reflected in our consolidated financial statements in US dollars. Therefore, our reported results are exposed to 
fluctuations in the exchange rates between the US dollar and the local currencies, in particular the Euro and the Canadian dollar. In 
addition, we may fund certain cash flow requirements of our international operations in US dollars. Accordingly, in the event that the 
local currencies strengthen versus the US dollar to a greater extent than planned, the revenues, expenses and cash flow requirements 
associated with our international operations may be significantly higher in US-dollar terms than planned. During the year ended 
December 31, 2024, our foreign activities accounted for 17.4% of our consolidated revenue. A 1.0% change in foreign exchange rates 
would impact our consolidated annual revenue by approximately $1.4 million. Changes in foreign currency rates could adversely and 
materially affect our operating results and cash flow. 
 
 

Page 51 of 96 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 
 
 
 
    Page 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42) 
 
52
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 
 
54
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for Each of the Three Years Ended December 31, 2024 
 
55
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for Each of the Three Years Ended December 31, 2024 
 
56
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Each of the Three Years Ended December 31, 2024 
 
57
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
58
 
 
 

Page 52 of 96 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. 
Opinion on the Financial Statements 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the 
Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income, changes in 
stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes and 
financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)2 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In 
our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 
framework), and our report dated February 28, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 
Basis for Opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or 
fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due 
to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 
 
 

Page 53 of 96 
Critical Audit Matter 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material 
to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the 
critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, 
by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or 
disclosures to which it relates. 
 
 
 
     Assessment of Indefinite-lived Intangible Asset for Impairment 
Description of the 
Matter 
 
At December 31, 2024, the Company’s IPv4 address indefinite-lived intangible asset was $458.0 million. As 
discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the IPv4 address indefinite-lived intangible asset 
is evaluated for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth quarter, or more frequently when 
indicators of impairment exist. The Company did not record any impairment of the IPv4 address indefinite-
lived intangible asset during the year.  
Auditing management’s assessment of the indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment was complex due 
to the judgment required in the identification of events or circumstances that were impairment indicators. 
Significant auditor judgment was required in evaluating management’s identification of the relevant factors 
to consider in determining whether an indicator of impairment existed due to limited available market data. 
How We Addressed 
the Matter in Our 
Audit 
 
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over 
the Company’s assessment of the IPv4 address indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment. For example, 
we tested controls over management’s identification and consideration of the most relevant drivers of 
changes in fair value.  
To test the Company’s assessment of the indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment, we performed audit 
procedures that included, among others, assessing the Company’s identification and consideration of the 
most relevant drivers of changes in fair value and evaluating the underlying data used by the Company in its 
analysis. The underlying data used by the Company in its analysis included, among others, market data for 
sales and leases of IPv4 addresses and cash flows associated with the IPv4 addresses. 
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002. 
Tysons, Virginia 
February 28, 2025 
 
 

Page 54 of 96 
COGENT COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023 
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
Assets 
 
 
 
 
Current assets: 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
$ 
 198,486  
$ 
 75,092 
Restricted cash 
 
 
 29,430  
 
 38,689 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $9,762 and $3,677, respectively 
 
  
 96,934  
  
 135,475 
Due from T-Mobile, IP Transit Services Agreement, current portion, net of discount of $16,915 and $24,898, respectively 
 
 
 83,085  
 
 179,269 
Due from T-Mobile, Transition Services Agreement 
 
 
 62  
 
 4,514 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
 
  
 74,104  
  
 80,588 
Total current assets 
 
  
 482,101  
  
 513,627 
Property and equipment: 
 
 
 
 
Property and equipment 
 
  
 3,319,731  
  
 2,947,376 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization 
 
  
 (1,655,564) 
  
 (1,409,559)
Total property and equipment, net 
 
  
 1,664,167  
  
 1,537,817 
Right-of-use leased assets 
 
 
 324,315  
 
 361,587 
IPv4 intangible assets 
 
 
 458,000  
 
 458,000 
Other intangible assets, net 
 
 
 13,029  
 
 14,815 
Due from T-Mobile, IP Transit Services Agreement, net of discount of $12,132 and $27,916, respectively 
 
 
 179,534  
 
 263,750 
Due from T-Mobile, Purchase Agreement, net of discount of $5,755 and $13,725, respectively 
 
 
 22,360  
 
 38,585 
Deposits and other assets 
 
  
 29,596  
  
 23,438 
Total assets 
 
$ 
 3,173,102  
$ 
 3,211,619 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities: 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable 
 
$ 
 39,805  
$ 
 48,356 
Accrued and other current liabilities 
 
  
 134,609  
  
 120,523 
Due to T-Mobile – Transition Services Agreement 
 
 
 525  
 
 66,908 
Due to T-Mobile – Purchase Agreement 
 
 
 —  
 
 4,981 
Current maturities, operating lease liabilities 
 
 
 57,172  
 
 67,962 
Finance lease obligations, current maturities 
 
  
 21,225  
  
 64,594 
Total current liabilities 
 
  
 253,336  
  
 373,324 
Senior secured 2026 notes, net of unamortized debt costs of $375 and $645, respectively, and discount of $499 and $857, 
respectively 
 
 
 499,126  
 
 498,498 
Senior unsecured 2027 notes, net of unamortized debt costs of $2,013 and $941, respectively, and discounts of $7,053 and 
$1,970, respectively 
 
  
 740,934  
  
 447,088 
Secured IPv4 notes, net of debt costs of $6,702 
 
 
 199,298  
 
— 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current maturities 
 
 
 302,004  
 
 330,095 
Finance lease obligations, net of current maturities 
 
  
 517,161  
  
 419,921 
Deferred income tax liabilities 
 
 
 398,266  
 
 471,498 
Other long-term liabilities 
 
  
 40,129  
  
 61,639 
Total liabilities 
 
  
 2,950,254  
  
 2,602,063 
Commitments and contingencies 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity: 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized; 49,034,925 and 48,608,569 shares issued and outstanding, 
respectively 
 
  
 49  
  
 49 
Additional paid-in capital 
 
  
 629,829  
  
 606,755 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
 
  
 (30,685) 
  
 (14,385)
Accumulated (deficit) earnings 
 
  
 (376,345) 
  
 17,137 
Total stockholders’ equity  
 
  
 222,848  
  
 609,556 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity  
 
$ 
 3,173,102  
$ 
 3,211,619 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets. 
 
 

Page 55 of 96 
COGENT COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME 
FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024 
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
2024 
     
2023 
    
2022 
Service revenue 
 $  1,036,104  $
 940,922  $
 599,604 
Operating expenses: 
  
  
  
Network operations (including $1,681, $1,069 and $553 of equity-based compensation 
expense, respectively), exclusive of amounts shown separately 
   
 641,836    
 544,232    
 228,154 
Selling, general, and administrative (including $24,057, $25,855 and $23,886 of 
equity-based compensation expense, respectively) 
   
 275,781    
 275,318    
 163,021 
Acquisition costs – Sprint Business 
  
 21,407   
 18,492   
 2,248 
Depreciation and amortization 
   
 298,018    
 232,209    
 92,222 
Total operating expenses 
    1,237,042     1,070,251    
 485,645 
Gain on lease termination 
   
 3,332    
 —    
 — 
Operating (loss) income 
  
 (197,606)  
 (129,329)  
 113,959 
Interest expense, including change in valuation – interest rate swap 
   
 (123,317)   
 (93,344)   
 (110,697)
Foreign exchange gain on 2024 Notes 
  
 —   
 —   
 31,561 
Loss on debt extinguishment and redemption – 2024 Notes 
  
 —   
 —   
 (11,885)
Gain on bargain purchase – Sprint Business 
  
 22,202    1,406,435   
 — 
Interest income – IP Transit Services Agreement 
  
 23,767   
 26,796   
 — 
Interest income – Purchase Agreement 
  
 748   
 1,889   
 — 
Interest income and other 
  
 14,557   
 7,030   
 3,438 
(Loss) income before income taxes 
   
 (259,649)    1,219,477    
 26,376 
Income tax benefit (expense) 
   
 55,575    
 53,964    
 (21,230)
Net (loss) income 
 $  (204,074) $  1,273,441  $
 5,146 
 
  
  
  
Comprehensive (loss) income: 
  
  
  
Net (loss) income 
 $  (204,074) $  1,273,441  $
 5,146 
Foreign currency translation adjustment 
   
 (16,300)   
 4,772    
 (8,153)
Comprehensive (loss) income 
 $  (220,374) $  1,278,213  $
 (3,007)
Basic net (loss) income per common share 
 $ 
 (4.28) $
 26.88  $
 0.11 
Diluted net (loss) income per common share 
 $ 
 (4.28) $
 26.62  $
 0.11 
Dividends declared per common share 
 $ 
 3.920  $
 3.760  $
 3.555 
Weighted-average common shares-basic 
   47,627,873    47,373,361    46,875,992 
Weighted-average common shares -diluted 
    47,627,873     47,837,512     47,207,298 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. 
 
 

Page 56 of 96 
COGENT COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024 
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Additional  
Other 
 
Accumulated 
Total 
 
 
Common Stock 
 
Paid-in 
 
Comprehensive 
Earnings  
Stockholder’s 
 
     
Shares 
     
Amount 
     
Capital 
     
Loss 
     
(Deficit) 
     
Equity  
Balance at December 31, 2021 
   47,674,189  
$ 
 48  
$ 
 547,734  
$ 
 (11,003) 
$  (909,877) 
$ 
 (373,098)
Forfeitures of shares granted to employees 
  
 (77,079) 
  
 —  
  
—  
  
—  
  
—  
  
— 
Equity-based compensation 
  
—  
  
 —  
  
 26,716  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 26,716 
Foreign currency translation 
  
—  
  
 —  
  
—  
  
 (8,153) 
  
—  
  
 (8,153)
Issuances of common stock 
  
 401,036  
  
 —  
  
—  
  
—  
  
—  
  
— 
Exercises of options 
  
 15,184  
  
 —  
  
 614  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 614 
Dividends paid 
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 (169,857) 
  
 (169,857)
Net income 
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 5,146  
  
 5,146 
Balance at December 31, 2022 
   48,013,330  
$ 
 48  
$ 
 575,064  
$ 
 (19,156) 
$  (1,074,588) 
$ 
 (518,632)
Forfeitures of shares granted to employees 
  
 (63,890) 
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 — 
Equity-based compensation 
  
—  
  
 —  
  
 30,464  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 30,464 
Foreign currency translation 
  
—  
  
 —  
  
—  
  
 4,771  
  
—  
  
 4,771 
Issuances of common stock 
  
 634,056  
  
 1  
  
—  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 1 
Exercises of options 
  
 25,073  
  
 —  
  
 1,227  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 1,227 
Dividends paid 
 
 —  
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 (181,716) 
  
 (181,716)
Net income 
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 —  
  
 —  
   1,273,441  
   1,273,441 
Balance at December 31, 2023 
   48,608,569  
$ 
 49  
$ 
 606,755  
$ 
 (14,385) 
$ 
 17,137  
$ 
 609,556 
Forfeitures of shares granted to employees 
  
 (128,885) 
  
 —  
  
—  
  
—  
  
—  
  
— 
Equity-based compensation 
  
—  
  
 —  
  
 28,838  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 28,838 
Foreign currency translation 
  
—  
  
 —  
  
—  
  
 (16,300) 
  
—  
  
 (16,300)
Issuances of common stock 
  
 672,098  
  
 —  
  
—  
  
—  
  
—  
  
— 
Exercises of options 
  
 36,465  
  
 —  
  
 2,204  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 2,204 
Common stock purchases and retirement 
 
 (153,322) 
 
 —  
 
 (7,968) 
 
—  
 
—  
 
 (7,968)
Dividends paid 
  
—  
  
 —  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 (189,408) 
  
 (189,408)
Net loss 
  
—  
  
 —  
  
—  
  
—  
  
 (204,074) 
  
 (204,074)
Balance at December 31, 2024 
   49,034,925  
$ 
 49  
$ 
 629,829  
$ 
 (30,685) 
$  (376,345) 
$ 
 222,848 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. 
 
 

Page 57 of 96 
COGENT COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024 
(IN THOUSANDS) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Cash flows from operating activities: 
 
  
 
  
 
  
Net (loss) income 
 
$ 
 (204,074) 
$ 
 1,273,441  
$ 
 5,146 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: 
 
 
 
  
 
  
Depreciation and amortization 
 
  
 298,018  
  
 232,209  
  
 92,222 
Amortization of debt discounts and premium 
 
  
 3,688  
  
 1,323  
  
 1,464 
Amortization of discounts, due from T-Mobile, IP Transit Services & Purchase Agreements 
 
 
 (24,515) 
 
 (28,685) 
 
— 
Equity-based compensation expense (net of amounts capitalized) 
 
  
 25,738  
  
 26,924  
  
 24,439 
Gain on bargain purchase – Sprint Business 
 
 
 (22,202) 
 
 (1,406,435) 
 
— 
Foreign currency exchange gain on 2024 Notes 
 
 
 —  
 
—  
 
 (31,561)
Loss on extinguishment & redemption of 2024 notes 
 
 
 —  
 
 —  
 
 11,885 
Gain – lease termination 
 
 
 (3,332) 
 
 —  
 
 — 
Gains—equipment transactions and other, net 
 
 
 —  
 
 212  
 
 372 
Deferred income taxes 
 
 
 (51,623) 
 
 (69,582) 
 
 16,539 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
 
  
 
  
 
  
Accounts receivable 
 
  
 38,541  
  
 (51,002) 
  
 (2,838)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
 
  
 (5,839) 
  
 (11,001) 
  
 (7,427)
Due to T-Mobile – Transition Services Agreement 
 
 
 (66,383) 
 
 66,908  
 
— 
Due from T-Mobile – Transition Services Agreement 
 
 
 4,452  
 
 (4,514) 
 
— 
Deposits and other assets 
 
  
 (3,966) 
  
 (1,548) 
  
 (282)
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities 
 
 
 2,852  
 
 (10,905) 
 
 63,748 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 
 
  
 (8,645) 
  
 17,345  
  
 173,707 
Cash flows from investing activities: 
 
  
 
  
 
  
Cash receipts - IP Transit Services Agreement – T-Mobile 
 
 
 204,167  
 
 204,167  
 
 — 
Acquisition of Sprint Business, net of $47.1 million of cash acquired in 2023 
 
 
 12,323  
 
 2,191  
 
 — 
Purchases of property and equipment 
 
  
 (194,998) 
  
 (129,632) 
  
 (78,971)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 
 
  
 21,492  
  
 76,726  
  
 (78,971)
Cash flows from financing activities: 
 
  
 
  
 
  
Net proceeds from issuance of senior unsecured 2027 Notes, net of debt costs of $1.6 million in 2024 and a 
discount of $6.8 million in 2024 and debt costs of $1.3 million in 2022 
 
 
 291,879  
 
 —  
 
 446,010 
Net proceeds from issuance of secured IPv4 notes – net of debt costs of $7.6 million 
 
 
 198,426  
 
 —  
 
 — 
Redemption and extinguishment of unsecured 2024 Notes 
 
 
 —  
 
 —  
 
 (375,354)
Dividends paid 
 
  
 (189,408) 
 
 (181,716) 
  
 (169,857)
Purchases and retirement of common stock  
 
 
 (7,968) 
 
 —  
 
 — 
Principal payments of finance lease obligations 
 
 
 (74,632) 
 
 (77,362) 
 
 (45,472)
Settlement of a finance lease – at a discount 
 
 
 (114,576) 
 
 —  
 
 — 
Principal payments of installment payment agreement 
 
 
 —  
 
 —  
 
 (790)
Proceeds from exercises of common stock options 
 
 
 2,204  
 
 1,227  
 
614 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 
 
  
 105,925  
  
 (257,851) 
  
 (144,849)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 
 
  
 (4,637) 
  
 1,649  
  
 (2,599)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents & restricted cash 
 
  
 114,135  
  
 (162,131) 
  
 (52,712)
Cash and cash equivalents & restricted cash, beginning of year 
 
  
 113,781  
  
 275,912  
  
 328,624 
Cash and cash equivalents & restricted cash, end of year 
 
$ 
 227,916  
$ 
 113,781  
$ 
 275,912 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 
 
  
 
  
 
  
Cash paid for interest 
 
$ 
 133,954  
$ 
 104,698  
$ 
 66,479 
Cash paid for income taxes 
 
 
 3,165  
 
 35,291  
 
 7,156 
Non-cash investing and financing activities: 
 
  
 
  
 
  
Finance lease obligations incurred 
 
 
 241,193  
 
 232,468  
  
 107,875 
Fair value of equipment acquired in leases 
 
 
 —  
 
 141  
 
 1,969 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. 
 
 

COGENT COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Page 58 of 96 
1. Description of the business and summary of significant accounting policies: 
Reorganization and merger 
On May 15, 2014, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Cogent Communications Group, Inc. 
(now Cogent Communications Group, LLC), a Delaware corporation (“Group”), Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation (“Holdings”), and Cogent Communications Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Group adopted a new holding 
company organizational structure whereby Group is now a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings. Holdings is a “successor issuer” to 
Group pursuant to Rule 12g-3(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). References to the 
“Company” for events that occurred prior to May 15, 2014 refer to Cogent Communications Group, Inc. (now Cogent 
Communications Group, LLC) and its subsidiaries, and on and after May 15, 2014, the “Company” refers to Cogent Communications 
Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Cogent Communications, LLC (formerly Cogent Communications, Inc.) is wholly owned by 
Group, Sprint Communications Company LP is indirectly wholly owned by Holdings, and the vast majority of the Company’s assets, 
contractual arrangements, and operations are executed by Sprint Communications Company LP and Cogent Communications, LLC. 
Description of business 
The Company is a facilities-based provider of low-cost, high-speed Internet access, private network services, optical wavelength 
and optical transport services and data center colocation space and power. The Company’s network is specifically designed and 
optimized to transmit packet routed data. The Company delivers its services primarily to businesses, large and small, communications 
service providers and other bandwidth-intensive organizations in 56 countries across North America, Europe, South America, Oceania 
and Africa. The Company is a Delaware corporation and is headquartered in Washington, DC. 
The Company offers on-net Internet access services exclusively through its own facilities, which run from its network to its 
customers’ premises. The Company offers its on-net services to customers located in buildings that are physically connected to its 
network. As a result, the Company is not dependent on local telephone companies or cable TV companies to serve its customers for its 
on-net Internet access and private network services. The Company’s on-net service consists of high-speed Internet access and private 
network services offered at speeds ranging from 100 megabits per second to 400 gigabits per second.  
The Company provides its on-net Internet access and private network services to its corporate, net-centric and enterprise 
customers. The Company’s corporate customers are located in multi-tenant office buildings that typically include law firms, financial 
services firms, advertising and marketing firms, as well as health care providers, educational institutions and other professional 
services businesses. The Company’s net-centric customers include bandwidth-intensive users that leverage its network either to 
deliver content to end users or to provide access to residential or commercial Internet users. Content delivery customers include over 
the top media service providers, content delivery networks, web hosting companies, and commercial content and application software 
providers. The Company’s net-centric customers include access networks comprised of other Internet Service Providers, telephone 
companies, mobile phone operators and cable television companies that collectively provide internet access to a substantial number of 
broadband subscribers and mobile phone subscribers across the world. These net-centric customers generally receive the Company’s 
services in carrier neutral colocation facilities and in the Company’s own data centers. The Company operates data centers throughout 
North America and Europe that allow its customers to collocate their equipment and access the Company’s network. 
In addition to providing on-net services, the Company provides Internet access and private network services to customers that are 
not located in buildings directly connected to its network. The Company provides these off-net services primarily to corporate 
customers using other carriers’ circuits to provide the “last mile” portion of the link from the customers’ premises to the Company’s 
network. The Company also provides certain non-core services that resulted from acquisitions, including the acquisition of Sprint 
Communications (as discussed below). The Company continues to support but does not actively sell these non-core services. In 
connection with the Company’s acquisition of Sprint Communications, the Company began to provide optical wavelength services 
and optical transport services over a network that is generally independent of the Company’s legacy IP network. The Company is 
selling these wavelength services to its existing customers, customers of Sprint Communications and to new customers who require 
dedicated optical transport connectivity without the capital and ongoing expenses associated with owning and operating network 
infrastructure. Additionally, the Sprint Business (as defined below) customers include a number of companies larger than the 
Company’s historical customer base. In connection with the acquisition of Sprint Communications, the Company expanded selling 
services to these larger “Enterprise” customers. 

Page 59 of 96 
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280) Improvements to Reportable Segment 
Disclosures” (ASU 2023-07”). ASU 2023-07 modified the reporting and disclosure requirements under Accounting Standards 
Codification 280 “Segment Reporting.” The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 in the year ended December 31, 2024 and has made the 
additional disclosures required under ASU 2023-07 in Note 10. 
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and 
Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2021-08”). ASU 2021-08 requires an acquirer in a business combination 
to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in accordance with Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 
606), as if the acquirer had originated the contracts at the date of the business combination. ASU 2021-08 is effective for annual 
reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption was permitted. 
The Company adopted ASU 2021-08 in connection with its acquisition of Sprint Communications (as discussed below), at which 
time it became applicable to the Company and was applied in the accounting for the acquisition. The adoption did not have a material 
impact on the opening balance sheet recorded and there was no retrospective impact to the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements as a result of the adoption. 
Acquisition of Sprint Communications 
On September 6, 2022, Cogent Infrastructure, Inc. (now Cogent Infrastructure, LLC), a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly 
owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Buyer” and “Cogent Infrastructure”), entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement 
(the “Purchase Agreement”) with Sprint Communications LLC, a Kansas limited liability company (“Sprint Communications”) and an 
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of T-Mobile US, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“T-Mobile”), and Sprint LLC, a Delaware limited 
liability company and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of T-Mobile (the “Seller”), pursuant to which the Company acquired the 
U.S. long-haul fiber network (including the non-U.S. extensions thereof) of Sprint Communications and its subsidiaries (the “Sprint 
Business”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company purchased from the Seller all of the issued and outstanding 
membership interests (the “Purchased Interests”) of Wireline Network Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that, 
following an internal restructuring and divisive merger, holds Sprint Communications’ assets and liabilities relating to the Sprint 
Business (such transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, collectively, the “Transaction”). The Purchase Agreement 
includes customary representations, warranties, indemnities and covenants, including regarding the conduct of the Sprint Business 
prior to the closing of the Transaction (the “Closing”). In addition, the Closing was subject to customary closing conditions, including 
the receipt of certain required regulatory approvals and consents. 
The Company believes it is in a unique position to monetize the Sprint Business and its network and management expects to 
achieve significant cost reduction synergies and revenue synergies from the Transaction. Revenue and pre-tax loss for the Sprint 
Business included in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2023 were 
$283.3 million and $234.5 million, respectively. 
Purchase Price 
The Transaction closed on May 1, 2023 (the “Closing Date”). On the Closing Date, the Buyer consummated the Transaction 
pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, providing a purchase price of $1 payable to the Seller for the Purchased Interests, 
subject to customary adjustments, including working capital (the “Working Capital Adjustment”), as set forth in the Purchase 
Agreement. As consideration for the Purchased Interests, the Working Capital Adjustment (primarily related to acquired cash and cash 
equivalents of an estimated $43.4 million at the Closing Date in order to fund the international operations of the Sprint Business) 
resulted in the Buyer making a payment to the Seller of $61.1 million on the Closing Date. During the third quarter of 2023, an 
additional Working Capital Adjustment of $5.0 million was accrued due to the Seller. The final determination of the Working Capital 
Adjustment (which included the Short - term Lease Payment below) was completed in April 2024 and the Company paid the Seller 
$5.0 million for the remaining Working Capital Adjustment. 
Short-term lease payment 
The Purchase Agreement also provides for a payment of $28.1 million ($19.8 million net of discount) from the Seller to the Buyer 
related to acquired short-term operating lease obligations (the “Short-term Lease Payment”). The Short-term Lease Payment will be 
paid from the Seller to the Company in four equal payments in months 55 to 58 after the Closing Date. The final determination of the 
Short-term Lease Payment was completed in April 2024. The Short - term Lease Payment was recorded at its present value resulting 

Page 60 of 96 
in a discount of $8.4 million. The interest rate used in determining the present value was derived considering rates on similar issued 
debt instruments with comparable durations, among other market factors. The determination of the discount rate requires some 
judgment. During the third quarter of 2023, the Short-term Lease Payment was reduced by $4.8 million and in the first quarter of 
2024, the Short-term Lease Payment was reduced by an additional $17.0 million, net of discount of $7.2 million. Including the 
cumulative impact of these adjustments, the amortization of the discount resulted in interest income of $0.7 million and $1.9 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Severance reimbursements 
The Purchase Agreement also provides for reimbursement from the Seller to the Buyer for qualifying severance expenses 
incurred. Total qualifying severance expenses were $28.6 million of which $12.3 million were recorded in the year ended December 
31, 2024 and $16.2 million were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2023. These severance payments ended in the second 
quarter of 2024. 
IP Transit Services Agreement 
On the Closing Date, Cogent Communications, Inc. (now Cogent Communications, LLC), and T-Mobile USA, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation and direct subsidiary of T-Mobile (“TMUSA”), entered into an agreement for IP transit services (“IP Transit Services 
Agreement”), pursuant to which TMUSA will pay an affiliate of the Company an aggregate of $700.0 million, consisting of (i) $350.0 
million in equal monthly installments of $29.2 million per month during the first year after the Closing Date and (ii) $350.0 million in 
equal monthly installments of $8.3 million per month over the subsequent 42 months. Under the IP Transit Services Agreement., 
TMUSA paid the Company $204.2 million and $204.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
The Company accounted for the Transaction as a business combination under ASC Topic 805 Business Combinations (“ASC 
805”). The Company evaluated what elements are part of the business combination and the consideration exchanged to complete the 
acquisition. Under ASC 805, the Company has concluded that the $700.0 million of payments to be made represent consideration 
received from T - Mobile to complete the acquisition of a distressed business. The Company also evaluated whether the IP Transit 
Services Agreement was in the scope of ASU No. 2014 - 09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). The Company has 
concluded that T - Mobile did not represent a “customer” as defined by ASC 606, the stated contract price did not represent 
consideration for services to be delivered, and the transaction did not satisfy the definition of revenue, which excluded this 
arrangement from the scope of ASC 606. As a result, and considering statements made by T - Mobile, the IP Transit Services 
Agreement was recorded in connection with the Transaction at its discounted present value resulting in a discount of $79.6 million. 
The interest rate used in determining the present value was derived considering rates on similar issued debt instruments with 
comparable durations, among other market factors. The determination of the discount rate requires some judgment. The amortization 
of the discount resulted in interest income of $23.8 million and $26.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
respectively. 
Transition Services Agreement 
On the Closing Date, the Buyer entered into a transition services agreement (the “TSA”) with the Seller, pursuant to which the 
Seller provides to the Buyer, and the Buyer provides to the Seller on an interim basis following the Closing Date, certain specified 
services (the “Transition Services”) to ensure an orderly transition following the separation of the Sprint Business from Sprint 
Communications. The services provided by the Seller to the Buyer include, among others, information technology support, back office 
and finance, real estate and facilities, vendor and supply chain management, including the payment and processing of vendor invoices 
for the Company and human resources services. The services provided by the Buyer to the Seller include, among others, information 
technology and network support, finance and back office and other wireless business support. 
The Transition Services are generally intended to be provided for a period of up to two years following the Closing Date, 
although such period may be extended for an additional one-year term by either party upon 30 days’ prior written notice. The fees for 
the Transition Services are calculated using either a per service monthly fee or an hourly rate for the employees allocated to provide 
such services. Any third-party costs incurred in providing the Transition Services are passed on to the party receiving such services at 
cost for the two-year period. Amounts paid for the Sprint Business by T-Mobile are reimbursed at cost. 
Either party to the TSA may terminate the agreement with respect to any individual service in full for convenience upon 30 days’ 
prior written notice for certain services and reduced for other services after a 90-day period. The TSA may be terminated in its entirety 
if the other party has failed to perform any of its material obligations and such failure is not cured within 30 days. The TSA provides 
for customary indemnification and limits on liability. Amounts billed under the TSA are due 30 days from receipt of the related 

Page 61 of 96 
invoice. Amounts billed to the Company under the TSA were primarily for reimbursement at cost of payments to vendors of the Sprint 
Business until these vendors are fully transitioned to the Company. The amounts due from the Seller were primarily reimbursements 
for severance costs related to Sprint Business employees and services provided by the Company for the Seller. 
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company was billed $27.2 million and $284.1 million as due to the 
Seller under the TSA, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company paid $93.8 million and $217.2 
million to the Seller under the TSA, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company billed the Seller 
$1.1 million and $6.2 million as due from the Seller under the TSA, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 
2023, the Seller paid the Company $1.3 million and $6.0 million under the TSA, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, the Company 
owed $0.5 million to the Seller and the Seller owed $0.1 million to the Company under the TSA. As of December 31, 2023, the 
Company owed $66.9 million to the Seller and the Seller owed $4.5 million to the Company under the TSA. 
Other Services Provided to the Seller 
In addition, on the Closing Date, the Buyer and TMUSA entered into a commercial agreement (the “Commercial Agreement”) for 
colocation and connectivity services, pursuant to which the Company will provide such services to TMUSA for a per service monthly 
fee plus certain third-party costs incurred in providing the services. Under the Commercial Agreement, the Company recorded revenue 
of $14.7 million and $23.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, and 
2023, TMUSA owed $2.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively, to the Company under the Commercial Agreement. These amounts 
are recorded in accounts receivable. 
Acquisition-Related Costs 
In connection with the Transaction and negotiation of the Purchase Agreement, the Company incurred a total of $13.6 million of 
professional fees and other acquisition related costs (not including severance costs) since the acquisition date. Acquisition - related 
costs (not including severance costs) were $9.1 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 
and 2022, respectively. 
Consideration 
The acquisition-date fair value of consideration received from the Transaction comprised of the following: 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands) 
     
May 1, 2023 
Working capital payments made to the Seller, net of severance reimbursements (a) 
 
$ 
 37,532 
Purchase Agreement payment to be received from the Seller, net of discount of $8,392 (b) 
 
  
 19,723 
Amounts due from the Seller – IP Transit Services Agreement, net of discount of $79,610 (c) 
 
  
 620,390 
Total to be received from the Seller 
 
  
 640,113 
Total net consideration to be received from the Seller (d) 
 
  
 602,581 
 
(a) Includes $61.1 million paid to the Seller on the Closing Date and $5.0 million paid in April 2024. Additionally, includes an 
offsetting $28.6 million in total severance reimbursement payments received from the Seller recorded as measurement period 
adjustments of: 
 
$16.2 million during the three months ended December 31, 2023; 
 
$4.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2024; and 
 
$8.0 million during the three months ended June 30, 2024. 
(b) Under the Purchase Agreement, 50.0% of the assumed short-term operating lease liabilities totaling $28.1 million are to be paid to 
the Company from the Seller in four equal installments in months 55-58 from the Closing Date and was recorded at their present 
value resulting in a discount of $8.4 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2024, the Working Capital Adjustment, 
net of discount, was adjusted by $17.0 million to reflect the conclusion of the determination of amounts due from the Seller from 
the Short-term Lease Payment. 

Page 62 of 96 
(c) The IP Transit Services Agreement payments totaling $700.0 million were recorded at their present value resulting in a discount 
of $79.6 million. The $700.0 million is to be paid to the Company from the Seller in equal monthly payments of $29.2 million in 
months 1-12 and $8.3 million in months 13-54. 
(d) Cash consideration was $1. 
Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed and Gain on Bargain Purchase 
The Company accounted for the Transaction as a business combination under ASC Topic 805 Business Combination (“ASC 
805”). Under ASC 805, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair values as of the Closing 
Date. Assigning fair market values to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of an acquisition requires the use of 
significant judgment regarding estimates and assumptions. For the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the 
Company used the cost, income and market approaches, including market participant assumptions. The fair value of the identifiable 
assets acquired (including amounts due under the IP Transit Services Agreement) were in excess of the liabilities assumed and the net 
consideration to be paid resulting in a gain on bargain purchase of $1.4 billion. 
The Transaction is considered an asset purchase for income tax purposes. The tax basis of the acquired business is the 
consideration paid ($1) plus the tax basis of certain liabilities assumed, with adjustments for cash acquired in excess of the purchase 
price. Deferred income taxes were recorded based upon the difference between the book and tax basis of the acquired assets and 
assumed liabilities at the Company’s marginal effective income tax rate on the Closing Date. 
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded measurement period adjustments resulting in 
increases to the gain on bargain purchase of $22.2 million and $254.0 million, respectively, as detailed below:  
During the third quarter of 2023, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment to reclassify $24.9 million from right-
of-use leased assets (net of related unfavorable lease liability amount) to finance lease assets (presented within property and 
equipment) and a measurement period adjustment to reclassify $160.9 million from operating lease liabilities to a finance lease 
liability.  
During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company recorded the following measurement period adjustments resulting in an increase 
to the gain on bargain purchase of $254.0 million. Excluding the impact to the bargain purchase gain, the corresponding impact from 
these adjustments to the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the three-month period ended September 30, 
2023 and for the period from May 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023 was not material. 
 
An intangible asset totaling $458.0 million for acquired IPv4 addresses. This asset was recorded once management 
determined both the quantity of IPv4 addresses for which title was transferred and the valuation approach. Because of the 
novel nature of this asset and that the Transaction resulted in a material bargain purchase gain, management recorded the 
asset after appropriate consideration of the valuation approach, in the context of a distressed business. 
 
A reduction to an intangible asset, acquired customer relationships, totaling $41.0 million from revisions to certain 
assumptions. 
 
A reduction to acquired owned property totaling $86.4 million from revisions to certain assumptions. 
 
Severance reimbursement payments received from the Seller Includes totaling $16.2 million recorded as a measurement 
period adjustment during the fourth quarter. 
 
Other less significant adjustments. 
 
An increase to the net deferred tax liability totaling $89.5 million from the impact of the adjustments noted above. 
During the three months ended March 31, 2024, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment resulting in a reduction 
to the gain on bargain purchase of $5.5 million which included; 
 
A reduction to the Short-term Lease Receivable of $24.2 million ($17.0 million net of discount), 

Page 63 of 96 
 
Additional reimbursed severance costs of $4.3 million, 
 
An increase to unfavorable lease liabilities of $6.0 million, 
 
A reduction to accrued liabilities of $11.3 million; and 
 
A reduction to deferred income tax liabilities resulting from the adjustments noted above of $1.9 million. 
During the three months ended June 30, 2024, the Company recorded measurement period adjustments resulting in an increase to 
the gain on bargain purchase of $27.7 million which included; 
 
Additional reimbursed severance costs of $8.0 million, and 
 
An adjustment to net deferred income tax liabilities of $19.7 million. 
The following table summarizes the fair values for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the Closing Date. 
The Company retained the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning values to certain acquired assets and 
assumed liabilities.  
 
 
 
 
 
     
May 1, 2023 
Assets 
  
 
  
Current assets: 
  
 
  
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
$ 
 47,074 
Accounts receivable 
 
  
 39,948 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
 
  
 22,777 
Total current assets 
 
 
 109,799 
Total property and equipment 
 
  
 965,715 
Right-of-use leased assets 
 
  
 304,982 
IPv4 intangible assets 
 
  
 458,000 
Other intangible assets 
 
  
 16,000 
Deposits and other assets 
 
  
 7,521 
Total assets 
 
$ 
 1,862,017 
Liabilities 
 
  
  
Current liabilities: 
 
  
  
Accounts payable 
 
$ 
 13,313 
Accrued and other current liabilities 
 
  
 25,344 
Current maturities, operating lease liabilities 
 
  
 74,562 
Current maturities, finance lease liabilities 
 
  
 39,559 
Total current liabilities 
 
  
 152,778 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current maturities 
 
  
 251,573 
Finance lease liabilities, net of current maturities 
 
  
 121,342 
Deferred income tax liabilities 
 
  
 474,891 
Other long-term liabilities 
 
  
 35,366 
Total liabilities 
 
  
 1,035,950 
Fair value of net assets acquired 
 
$ 
 826,067 
Gain on bargain purchase 
 
  
  
Fair value of net assets acquired 
 
$ 
 826,067 
Total net consideration to be received from the Seller, net of discounts - see table above 
 
  
 602,581 
Gain on bargain purchase 
 
$ 
 1,428,648 
 
Acquired Property & Equipment 
The Company acquired property and equipment of $965.7 million. This is primarily comprised of the legacy Sprint network and 
consists of optical fiber, related equipment, and owned real estate that were valued using a combination of cost and market 
approaches. Management intends to operate the acquired business; however, management valued these assets using factors that 
represent an orderly liquidation value, to approximate the highest and best use of assets acquired in a distressed business.  

Page 64 of 96 
The estimated fair value of the optical fiber on the Closing Date was $369.2 million. The valuation required the estimation of the 
total replacement cost per mile of fiber and a factor to reflect the orderly liquidation value. There is no active market data for these 
assumptions and these assumptions are inherently subjective. Market participants could have differing views on these assumptions, 
which could result in a materially different fair value of the optical fiber. 
Acquired Leases 
The Company acquired a portfolio of lease arrangements for the lease of dark fiber, rights-of-way and facilities. In accordance 
with ASC 805 and ASC Topic 842 Leases, the acquired leases are accounted for as if the leases were new at the acquisition date 
however, the Company retains the lease classification from the Seller. The Company followed its historical policies with respect to 
evaluating the renewal periods of the acquired leases and estimating the incremental borrowing rate. During the third quarter of 2023, 
the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment to reclassify $24.9 million from right-of-use leased assets (net of related 
unfavorable lease liability amount) to finance lease assets (presented within property and equipment) and a measurement period 
adjustment to reclassify $160.9 million from operating lease liabilities to a finance lease liability. 
The Company also evaluated the leases for unfavorable terms and recorded an adjustment for unfavorable market terms of $157.2 
million that was valued using the income approach. Unfavorable lease liabilities are presented net of the corresponding right-of-use 
assets. 
Acquired Intangible Assets 
Intangible assets acquired include $458.0 million of Internet Protocol version 4 (“IPv4”) addresses and $16.0 million of acquired 
customer relationships. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company recorded a reduction to acquired customer relationships, 
totaling $41.0 million from revisions to certain assumptions. The acquired customer relationships have an estimated useful life of nine 
years and the estimated fair value was determined using a market-based income approach. Amortization expense was $1.8 million and 
$1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Future amortization expense of the customer relationships 
is $1.8 million per year for seven years. 
The fair value measurement of the IPv4 addresses was based on recent auction prices and a factor to incorporate the uncertainty 
for how the market for IPv4 addresses will function in the future. The Company believes that these IPv4 addresses have an indefinite 
useful life and are not being amortized. The Company evaluates the IPv4 address asset for impairment on the first day of the fourth 
quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In 
performing the impairment assessment, the Company may first evaluate qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than 
not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. Upon consideration of relevant factors, 
the Company concluded that it was not more-likely-than-not that impairment was present, and therefore, a quantitative impairment 
assessment was not required. There was no impairment recorded during the period from May 1, 2023 through December 31, 2024. 
Acquired Asset Retirement Obligations 
In connection with the Transaction, the Company assumed $32.0 million of asset retirement obligations primarily related to 
restoration obligations for acquired leases that were valued using the income approach. In accordance with ASC 410, the Company 
has not recorded an asset retirement obligation related to the removal of the acquired optical fiber because a settlement date for which 
to remove the fiber is indeterminable and therefore a reasonable estimation of fair value cannot be made. 
Reassessment of Bargain Purchase Gain 
Because the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeded the fair value of the consideration 
transferred, the Company recorded a material bargain purchase gain. Consequently, the Company reassessed the recognition and 
measurement of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in accordance with ASC 805-30-25-4 and concluded that all 
acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recognized and that the valuation procedures and resulting measures were appropriate. 

Page 65 of 96 
Pro Forma Information 
The following unaudited pro forma financial information gives effect to the Transaction as if it had been completed on January 1, 
2022. The pro forma adjustments are based on historically reported transactions by the respective companies. The pro forma results do 
not include anticipated synergies or other expected benefits of the acquisition. The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 
2023 include the historical results of the Sprint Business through April 30, 2023 and the combined results of the Company and the 
Sprint Business for the eight months ended December 31, 2023. The unaudited pro forma information is based upon available 
information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ 
materially from the assumptions within the accompanying unaudited pro forma financial information. The selected unaudited pro 
forma condensed combined financial information is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent what the 
actual consolidated results of operations would have been had the Transaction actually occurred on January 1, 2022, nor do they 
purport to project the future consolidated results of operations. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year 
 
Year 
 
 
Ended 
 
Ended 
(In thousands) (unaudited) 
     December 31, 2023     December 31, 2022
Service revenue 
 $ 
 1,121,680  $ 
 1,170,904 
Operating loss from continuing operations 
   
 (314,440)   
 (711,036)
Net income 
   
 1,123,620    
 621,571 
 
The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2022 include;  
 
The gain on bargain purchase related to the Transaction of $1.4 billion,  
 
Interest income from the amortization of the discount recorded under the IP Transit Services Agreement of $36.2 million,  
 
A net increase to historical depreciation expense based on the fair value of property and equipment and the impact of the 
finance lease adjustment of $58.0 million,  
 
Amortization expense related to the customer relationship intangible assets of $1.8 million,  
 
The elimination of amounts charged from the parent company to the Sprint Business as autonomous entity expense 
adjustments of $45.7 million,  
 
Amortization of unfavorable lease liabilities of $5.6 million,  
 
A reduction to network operations expense of $50.4 million and an increase to interest expense of $10.9 million from the 
impact of the finance lease adjustment, and  
 
The impact to income tax expense from the pro-forma and autonomous entity adjustments of $17.2 million.  
The historical results of the Sprint Business for the year ended December 31, 2022 include a loss on impairment of $477.3 million 
and a gain on the sale of IP addresses of $120.8 million. 
The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2023 include:  
 
The gain on bargain purchase related to the Transaction of $1.4 billion,  
 
Interest income from the amortization of the discount recorded under the IP Transit Services Agreement of $14.7 million,  
 
A net increase to historical depreciation expense based on the fair value of property and equipment and the impact of the 
finance lease adjustment of $29.5 million,  
 
Amortization expense related to the customer relationship intangible assets of $0.6 million,  
 
Amortization of unfavorable lease liabilities of $1.0 million,  

Page 66 of 96 
 
A reduction to network operations expense of $16.8 million and an increase to interest expense of $3.9 million from the 
impact of the finance lease adjustment, and 
 
The impact to income tax expense from the pro-forma adjustments of $2.6 million. 
Significant Accounting Policies 
Principles of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting 
principles and include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany 
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to 
current period presentation. 
Use of estimates 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates. 
Allowance for credit losses 
The Company establishes an allowance for credit losses and other sales credit adjustments related to its trade receivables. Trade 
receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount and can bear interest. Allowances for sales credits are established through a reduction 
of revenue, while allowances for credit losses are established through a charge to selling, general, and administrative expenses as bad 
debt expense. The Company assesses the adequacy of these reserves by evaluating factors, such as the length of time individual 
receivables are past due, historical collection experience, and changes in the credit worthiness of its customers. The Company also 
assesses the ability of specific customers to meet their financial obligations and establishes specific allowances related to these 
customers. If circumstances relating to specific customers change or economic conditions change such that the Company’s past 
collection experience and assessment of the economic environment are no longer appropriate, the Company’s estimate of the 
recoverability of its trade receivables could be impacted. Accounts receivable balances are written off against the allowance for credit 
losses after all means of internal collection activities have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The 
Company uses third-party collection services to continue to seek collection for its written off accounts receivable. 
The Company estimates credit losses expected over the life of its trade receivables based on historical information combined with 
current conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay and reasonable and supportable forecasts. While the Company uses 
various credit quality metrics, it primarily monitors collectability by reviewing the duration of collection pursuits on its delinquent 
trade receivables. Based on the Company’s experience, the customer’s delinquency status is the strongest indicator of the credit 
quality of the underlying trade receivables, which is analyzed monthly. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Current-period  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at  
Provision for  
Write offs 
 
Balance at 
 
  Beginning    Expected Credit  Charged Against  
End of  
Description 
     of Period      
Losses 
    
Allowance 
     
Period 
Allowance for credit losses (deducted from accounts receivable) 
    
    
    
    
Year ended December 31, 2024 
  $  3,677  $ 
 13,572  $ 
 (7,487) $  9,762 
Year ended December 31, 2023 
  $  2,303  $ 
 10,475  $ 
 (9,101) $  3,677 
Year ended December 31, 2022 
  $  1,510  $ 
 4,318  $ 
 (3,525) $  2,303 
 
The current-period provision for expected credit losses is net of bad debt recoveries of $2.9 million, $1.9 million and $1.9 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 
Lessor Accounting 
The Company is a lessor for leases of owned dark fiber acquired in connection with the Transaction, that have contract terms that 
are accounted for as operating leases. These transactions are generally structured as indefeasible - right - of use agreements (“IRUs”), 

Page 67 of 96 
that are the exclusive right to use specified fibers for a specified term, typically 20 - 25 years. Cash consideration received on transfers 
of dark fiber, including upfront installation fees, is recognized on a straight - line basis to service revenue over the term of the 
agreement. Lease income is included in service revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income. 
Leases 
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 replaced most existing lease 
accounting guidance. The Company has elected to apply certain practical expedients under ASU 2016-02, including not separating 
lease and non-lease components on its finance and operating leases, not reassessing whether any existing contracts contained leases, 
not reconsidering lease classification, not reassessing initial direct costs and using hindsight in determining the reasonably certain term 
of its leases. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year 
 
Year 
 
Year 
 
 
 
Ended 
 
Ended 
 
Ended 
 
 
    December 31, 2024     December 31, 2023     December 31, 2022 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
Finance lease cost amortization of right-of-use assets 
 $ 
 48,370  $ 
 64,698  $ 
 28,915  
Interest expense on finance lease liabilities 
  
 40,352 
 34,940 
 
 23,317  
Operating lease cost 
  
 98,521 
 92,763 
 
 18,331  
Total lease costs 
  
 187,243   
 192,401   
 70,563  
Other lease information 
  
      
  
 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities 
  
  
  
 
Operating cash flows from finance leases 
 $ 
 (37,829)
$ 
 (33,080)
$ 
 (23,317) 
Operating cash flows from operating leases 
 $ 
 (102,649)
$ 
 (93,924)
$ 
 (18,836) 
Financing cash flows from finance leases 
 $ 
 (189,208)
$ 
 (77,362)
$ 
 (45,472) 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities 
 $ 
 241,193  $ 
 232,468  $ 
 107,875  
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 
 $ 
 12,614  $ 
 13,682  $ 
 11,168  
Weighted-average remaining lease term — finance leases (in years) 
  
 17.1   
 11.5   
 13.5  
Weighted-average remaining lease term — operating leases (in years) 
  
 10.9   
 12.2   
 16.6  
Weighted average discount rate — finance leases 
  
 8.1 % 
 7.6 % 
 8.6 %
Weighted average discount rate — operating leases 
  
 7.8 % 
 8.1 % 
 5.4 %
 
Finance leases—fiber lease agreements 
The Company has entered into lease agreements with numerous providers of dark fiber under IRUs. These IRUs typically have 
initial terms of 15-20 years and include renewal options after the initial lease term. The Company establishes the number of renewal 
option periods used in determining the lease term based upon its assessment at the inception of the lease of the number of option 
periods for which failure to renew the lease imposes a penalty in such amount that renewal appears to be reasonably certain. The 
option to renew may be automatic, at the option of the Company or mutually agreed to between the dark fiber provider and the 
Company. Once the Company has accepted the related fiber route, leases that meet the criteria for treatment as finance leases are 
recorded as a finance lease obligation and an IRU asset. The interest rate used in determining the present value of the aggregate future 
minimum lease payments is the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for the reasonably certain lease term. The determination of the 
Company’s incremental borrowing rate requires some judgment. Finance lease assets are included in property and equipment in the 
Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had committed to additional dark fiber IRU lease 
agreements totaling $184.3 million in future payments to be paid over periods of up to 20 years. These obligations begin when the 
related fiber is accepted, which is generally expected to occur in the next 12 months. 
Operating leases 
The Company leases office space, rights-of-way, dark fiber and certain data center facilities under operating leases. Right-of-use 
assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make 
lease payments under the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date 
based on the present value of lease payments over the reasonably certain lease term. The implicit rates within the Company’s 
operating leases are generally not determinable, and the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date 
to determine the present value of its lease payments. The determination of the Company’s incremental borrowing rate requires some 
judgment. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate for each lease using its current borrowing rate, adjusted for various 
factors including level of collateralization and term to align with the term of the lease. Certain of the Company’s leases include 
options to extend or terminate the lease. The Company establishes the number of renewal option periods used in determining the 

Page 68 of 96 
operating lease term based upon its assessment at the inception of the operating lease of the number of option periods for which failure 
to renew the lease imposes a penalty in such amount that renewal appears to be reasonably certain. The option to renew may be 
automatic, at the option of the Company or mutually agreed to between the landlord, dark fiber provider or the right-of-way provider 
and the Company. Once the Company has accepted the related fiber route or the facility lease term has begun, the present value of the 
aggregate future minimum operating lease payments is recorded as an operating lease liability and a right-of-use leased asset. Lease 
incentives and deferred rent liabilities for facilities operating leases are presented with, and netted against, the right-of-use leased 
asset. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 
The future minimum payments under these operating lease and finance lease agreements are as follows (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Operating 
     
Finance 
For the twelve months ending December 31, 
 
Leases 
 
Leases 
2025 
  $ 
 65,584 
$ 
 63,299 
2026 
 
 
 60,803 
 
 58,328 
2027 
 
 
 57,429 
 
 58,361 
2028 
 
 
 54,957 
 
 57,402 
2029 
 
 
 45,777 
 
 56,357 
Thereafter 
 
 
 246,763 
 
 715,349 
Total minimum lease obligations 
 
 
 531,313 
 
 1,009,096 
Less—amounts representing interest 
 
 
 (172,137)
 
 (470,710)
Present value of minimum lease obligations 
 
 
 359,176 
 
 538,386 
Current maturities 
 
 
 (57,172)
 
 (21,225)
Lease obligations, net of current maturities 
 
$ 
 302,004 
$ 
 517,161 
 
IRU finance lease termination – discount and gain on lease termination 
In June 2024, the Company elected to exercise a contractual option to prepay in full at a 12.0% discounted rate an IRU finance 
lease agreement (the “IRU Lease”) for $114.6 million acquired with the Sprint Business. At the payment date, the present value of the 
IRU finance lease liability was $117.9 million and the remaining 31 monthly principal payments of $4.2 million each totaled $130.2 
million. The prepayment resulted in a gain on lease termination of $3.3 million related to the difference between the book value of 
$117.9 million and the cash payment of $114.6 million. The Company is continuing to use the related IRU asset. 
Revenue recognition 
The Company recognizes revenue under ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), which 
requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services 
to customers. Under ASC 606 installation fees for contracts with terms longer than month-to-month are recognized over the contract 
term. The Company believes that the installation fee does not give rise to a material right as defined by ASC 606 for contracts with 
terms longer than month-to-month. The Company recognizes revenue over the estimated average customer life for installation fees 
associated with month-to-month contracts, because the installation fee represents a material right as defined by ASC 606. The 
Company capitalizes certain contract acquisition costs that relate directly to a customer contract, including commissions paid to its 
sales team and sales agents and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over the period the services are transferred to the 
customer for commissions paid to its sales team (estimated customer life) and over the remaining original contract term for agent 
commissions. Management assesses these costs for impairment at least quarterly and as “triggering” events occur that indicate it is 
more likely than not that an impairment exists. These contract costs were $31.9 million as of December 31, 2024 and $24.3 million as 
of December 31, 2023 and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets (current portion) and deposits and other assets 
(non - current portion) on the consolidated balance sheets. 
The Company’s service offerings consist of on-net and off-net telecommunications services. Fixed fees are billed monthly in 
advance, and usage fees are billed monthly in arrears. Amounts billed are due upon receipt and contract lengths range from month to 
month to 60 months. The Company satisfies its performance obligations to provide services to customers over time as the services are 
rendered. In accordance with ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains the promised service. The amount of revenue 
recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these services. The 
Company has adopted the practical expedient related to certain performance obligation disclosures since it has a right to consideration 
from its customer in an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the Company’s performance completed to 
date. 

Page 69 of 96 
To achieve this core principle, the Company follows the following five steps: 
1) Identification of the contract, or contracts with a customer; 
2) Identification of the performance obligations in the contract; 
3) Determination of the transaction price; 
4) Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and 
5) Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation. 
Fees billed in connection with customer installations are deferred (as deferred revenue) and recognized as noted above. To the 
extent a customer contract is terminated prior to its contractual end, the customer is subject to termination fees. The Company 
vigorously seeks payment of termination fees. The Company recognizes revenue for termination fees as they are collected. Service 
revenue recognized from amounts in deferred revenue (contract liabilities) at the beginning of the period during the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $6.5 million, $4.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively. Amortization expense for contract 
costs for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $20.6 million, $19.3 million and $19.4 million, respectively and are 
included within selling, general, and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. 
Gross receipts taxes, universal service fund and other surcharges 
Revenue recognition standards include guidance relating to taxes or surcharges assessed by a governmental authority that are 
directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer and may include, but are not limited to, gross 
receipts taxes, excise taxes, Universal Service Fund fees and certain state regulatory fees. Such charges may be presented gross or net 
based upon the Company’s accounting policy election. The Company records certain excise taxes and surcharges on a gross basis and 
includes them in its revenues and costs of network operations. Excise taxes and surcharges billed to customers and recorded on a gross 
basis (as service revenue and network operations expense) were $80.4 million, $50.2 million, and $15.4 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 
Network operations 
Network operations expenses include the costs of personnel and related operating expenses associated with service delivery, 
network management, and customer support, network facilities costs, fiber and equipment maintenance fees, leased circuit costs, 
access fees paid to building owners and certain excise taxes and surcharges recorded on a gross basis. The Company estimates its 
accruals for any disputed leased circuit obligations based upon the nature and age of the dispute. Network operations costs are 
impacted by the timing and amounts of disputed circuit costs. The Company generally records these disputed amounts when billed by 
the vendor and reverses these amounts when the vendor credit has been received or the dispute has otherwise been resolved. The 
Company does not allocate depreciation and amortization expense to its network operations expense. 
Foreign currency translation adjustment and comprehensive income 
The consolidated financial statements of the Company’s non-US operations are translated into US dollars using the period-end 
foreign currency exchange rates for assets and liabilities and the average foreign currency exchange rates for revenues and expenses. 
Gains and losses on translation of the accounts are accumulated and reported as a component of other comprehensive income in 
stockholders’ equity. The Company’s only components of “other comprehensive income” are currency translation adjustments for all 
periods presented. The Company considers the majority of its investments in its foreign subsidiaries to be long-term in nature. The 
Company’s foreign exchange transaction gains (losses) are included within interest income and other on the consolidated statements 
of comprehensive income. 
Financial instruments 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at purchase to be cash 
equivalents. The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase and evaluates such 
designation at each balance sheet date. 

Page 70 of 96 
At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts 
receivable, prepaid and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximated fair value because of the short-term 
nature of these instruments. The Company measures its cash equivalents and restricted cash at amortized cost, which approximates fair 
value based upon quoted market prices (Level 1). 
Based upon recent trading prices (Level 2 market approach) at December 31, 2024, 
 
The fair value of the Company’s $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2027 (the 
“2027 Notes”) was $450.0 million, 
 
The fair value of the Company’s $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2027 (the 
“2027 Mirror Notes”) was $299.3 million, 
 
The fair value of the Company’s $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (the 
“2026 Notes”) was $482.5 million, 
 
The fair value of the Company’s $206.0 million aggregate principal amount of secured IPv4 notes (the “IPv4 Notes”) was 
$211.8 million, and 
 
The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreement (the “Swap Agreement”) was $22.3 million. 
Restricted cash and interest rate swap agreement 
Restricted cash includes amounts held in segregated bank accounts by the Company’s clearing broker as margin in support of the 
Company’s Swap Agreement as discussed in Note 4 and was $22.3 million as of December 31, 2024 and $38.7 million at December 
31, 2023. Additional restricted cash related to the IPv4 Notes, as discussed in Note 4, was $7.1 million as of December 31, 2024. 
Additional cash may be further restricted to maintain the Company’s Swap Agreement as interest rates fluctuate and margin 
requirements change and under the provisions of the Company’s IPv4 Note Indenture, as defined below. The Company does not use 
derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. 
Concentrations of credit risk 
The Company’s assets that are exposed to credit risk consist of its cash and cash equivalents, other assets and accounts receivable. 
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s cash equivalents were invested in demand deposit accounts, overnight 
investments and money market funds. The Company places its cash equivalents in instruments that meet high-quality credit standards 
as specified in the Company’s investment policy guidelines. Accounts receivable are due from customers located in major 
metropolitan areas in the United States, Europe, Canada, Mexico, South America, Oceania and Africa. Receivables from the 
Company’s net-centric (wholesale) customers are generally subject to a higher degree of credit risk than the Company’s corporate and 
enterprise customers. 
The Company relies upon a limited number of equipment vendors for the majority of its network equipment and is also dependent 
upon many third-party fiber providers for providing its services to its customers. 
Property and equipment 
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated once deployed using the straight-line method over the estimated 
useful lives of the assets. Useful lives are determined based on historical usage with consideration given to technological changes and 
trends in the industry that could impact the asset utilization. System infrastructure costs include the capitalized compensation costs of 
employees directly involved with construction activities and costs incurred by third-party contractors. 
Assets and liabilities under finance leases are recorded at the lesser of the present value of the aggregate future minimum lease 
payments or the fair value of the assets under lease. Leasehold improvements include costs associated with building improvements 
and customer installation costs. The Company determines the number of renewal option periods, if any, included in the lease term for 
purposes of amortizing leasehold improvements and the lease term of its finance leases based upon its assessment at the inception of 
the lease for which the failure to renew the lease imposes a penalty on the Company in such amount that a renewal appears to be 
reasonably assured. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. 

Page 71 of 96 
Depreciation and amortization periods are as follows: 
 
 
 
 
Type of asset 
    
Depreciation or amortization period 
Indefeasible rights of use (IRUs) 
  Shorter of useful life or the IRU lease agreement; generally, 15 to 20 years 
Network equipment 
  2 to 8 years 
Leasehold improvements 
  Shorter of lease term, including reasonably assured renewal periods, or useful life
Software 
  5 years 
Owned buildings 
  16 to 40 years 
Office and other equipment 
  2 to 7 years 
Asset retirement obligations 
 4 years 
System infrastructure 
  5 to 40 years 
 
Change in estimated useful life - owned fiber 
In accordance with its policy, the Company reviews the estimated useful lives of its fixed assets on an ongoing basis. This review 
indicated that the actual lives of owned fiber acquired as part of the acquisition of the Sprint Business were longer than the estimated 
useful lives used for depreciation purposes in the Company’s financial statements. As a result, effective July 1, 2024, the Company 
changed its estimates of the useful lives of its owned fiber to better reflect the estimated periods during which these assets will remain 
in service. The estimated useful lives of the owned fiber, within system infrastructure, that previously averaged 14 years were 
increased to an average of 40 years. The effect of this change in estimate on the year ended December 31, 2024 was to reduce 
depreciation expense by $8.7 million, increase net income by $6.5 million, and increase basic and diluted earnings per share by $0.14. 
Long-lived assets 
The Company’s long-lived assets include property and equipment and intangible assets. Long-lived assets with finite-lives are 
reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 
Impairment is determined by comparing the carrying value of these long-lived assets to management’s probability weighted estimate 
of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets. In the event an impairment exists, a loss is 
recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset, which would be determined by using 
quoted market prices or valuation techniques such as the discounted present value of expected future cash flows, appraisals, or other 
pricing models. In the event there are changes in the planned use of the Company’s long-term assets or the Company’s expected future 
undiscounted cash flows are reduced significantly, the Company’s assessment of its ability to recover the carrying value of these 
assets could change. 
Equity-based compensation 
The Company recognizes compensation expense for its share-based payments granted to its employees based on their grant date 
fair values with the expense being recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Company begins recording 
equity-based compensation expense related to performance awards when it is considered probable that the performance conditions will 
be met and for market-based awards compensation cost is recognized if the service condition is satisfied even if the market condition 
is not satisfied. Equity-based compensation expense is recognized in the statements of comprehensive income in a manner consistent 
with the classification of the employees’ salaries and other compensation.  
Income taxes 
The Company’s deferred tax assets or liabilities are computed based upon the differences between financial statement and income 
tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate. Deferred income tax expenses or benefits are based upon the 
changes in the assets or liability from period to period. At each balance sheet date, the Company assesses the likelihood that it will be 
able to realize its deferred tax assets. Valuation allowances are established when management determines that it is “more likely than 
not” that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset may not be realized. The Company considers all available positive and negative 
evidence in assessing the need for a valuation allowance including its historical operating results, ongoing tax planning, and forecasts 
of future taxable income, on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. The Company reduces its valuation allowance if the Company 
concludes that it is “more likely than not” that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets. 
Management determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical 
merits of the position. Once it is determined that a position meets this recognition threshold, the position is measured to determine the 
amount of benefit to be recognized in the financial statements. The Company adjusts its estimated liabilities for uncertain tax positions 

Page 72 of 96 
periodically because of ongoing examinations by, and settlements with, the various taxing authorities, as well as changes in tax laws, 
regulations and interpretations. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits 
as a component of its income tax expense. 
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per common share 
Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution for common stock equivalents and is computed by dividing net income or 
(loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS 
is based on the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period, adjusted for the effect of dilutive 
common stock equivalents. Shares of restricted stock are included in the computation of basic EPS as they vest and are included in 
diluted EPS, to the extent they are dilutive, determined using the treasury stock method. 
The following details the determination of the diluted weighted-average shares: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended  
Year Ended  
Year Ended 
 
 
December 31,   
December 31,   
December 31,  
 
    
2024 
    
2023 
    
2022 
Weighted-average common shares—basic 
  47,627,873    47,373,361    46,875,992 
Dilutive effect of stock options 
 
—   
 15,380   
 16,064 
Dilutive effect of restricted stock 
 
—   
 448,771   
 315,242 
Weighted-average common shares—diluted 
  47,627,873    47,837,512    47,207,298 
 
The following details unvested shares of restricted common stock as well as the anti-dilutive effects of stock options and 
restricted stock awards outstanding: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     December 31,       December 31,       December 31,  
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
 
2022 
Unvested shares of restricted common stock 
 
 1,489,277    1,261,623  
 1,164,021 
Anti-dilutive options for common stock 
 
 149,908  
 118,985  
 105,556 
Anti-dilutive shares of restricted common stock 
 
 704,070   
 11,365   
 541,608 
 
 
 
2. Property and equipment: 
Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
    
2024 
     
2023 
Owned assets: 
  
  
Network equipment 
 $  1,085,979  $
 983,996 
Owned buildings and leasehold improvements 
   
 470,713    
 444,187 
System infrastructure (including owned fiber) 
   
 651,621    
 607,060 
Software 
   
 13,780    
 12,747 
Office and other equipment 
   
 29,030    
 26,656 
Land 
   
 135,871    
 135,877 
Asset retirement obligations 
   
 31,965    
 34,951 
 
    2,418,959     2,245,474 
Less—Accumulated depreciation and amortization 
    (1,350,672)    (1,124,385)
 
    1,068,287     1,121,089 
Assets under finance leases: 
  
  
IRUs 
   
 900,772    
 701,902 
Less—Accumulated depreciation and amortization 
    (304,892)    (285,174)
 
   
 595,880    
 416,728 
Property and equipment, net 
 $  1,664,167  $  1,537,817 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment and finance leases was $296.2 million, $229.9 million 
and $92.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 

Page 73 of 96 
The Company capitalizes the compensation cost of employees directly involved with its construction activities. In the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company capitalized compensation costs of $45.9 million, $35.5 million and $12.6 million, 
respectively. These amounts are included in system infrastructure costs. 
3. Accrued and other liabilities and prepaid expenses and other current assets: 
Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
December 31,  
 
 
2024 
     
2023 
Operating accruals 
 $  56,551  $  31,254 
Interest rate swap agreement - current portion 
  
 18,262   
 21,568 
Deferred revenue—current portion 
   
 6,239    
 6,549 
Payroll and benefits 
    17,103     13,696 
Taxes 
    28,764     41,820 
Interest 
   
 7,690    
 5,636 
Total 
 $  134,609  $  120,523 
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
Prepaid commissions, current portion 
 $  18,783  $  15,751 
Prepaid taxes 
    21,061     32,826 
Prepaid operating expenses 
    34,260     32,011 
Total 
 $  74,104  $  80,588 
 
 
 
4. Long-term debt: 
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had outstanding $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2027 Mirror Notes, $450.0 
million aggregate principal amount of 2027 Notes, $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2026 Notes and $206.0 million 
aggregate principal amount of IPv4 Notes. 
The IPv4 Notes were issued in May 2024 and bear interest at a rate of 7.924%, with an anticipated term ending in May 2029 
(such anticipated repayment date, the “ARD”). Interest on the IPv4 Notes is paid monthly. The 2027 Mirror Notes were issued in June 
2024, are due on June 15, 2027, and bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per year. The 2027 Notes were issued in June 2022, are due on 
June 15, 2027, and bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per year. Interest on the 2027 Mirror Notes and 2027 Notes is paid semi-annually 
on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 2026 Notes were issued in May 2021, are due on May 1, 2026, and bear interest at a 
rate of 3.50% per year. Interest on the 2026 Notes is paid semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year. In June 2022, the 
Company redeemed and extinguished its €350.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Unsecured Euro Notes due 2024 (the 
“2024 Notes”). The 2024 Notes were due on June 30, 2024 and bore interest at a rate of 4.375% per year. Interest on the 2024 Notes 
was paid semi-annually on June 30 and December 30 of each year. 
Issuance of $300.0 Million Principal Amount of 2027 Mirror Notes 
On June 11, 2024, Group and Cogent Finance, Inc. (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with Group, the “Issuers”), two wholly owned 
subsidiaries of the Company, completed an offering of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 2027 Mirror Notes for 
issuance in a private placement not registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The 2027 
Mirror Notes were offered and sold only to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers in an unregistered offering 
pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in transactions outside the United States in compliance 
with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2027 Mirror Notes have the same maturity date and call protection, bear interest at the 
same rate and otherwise have substantially the same terms as the 2027 Notes; however, the 2027 Mirror Notes are not fungible (from a 
trading or tax perspective) with the 2027 Notes and are a separate series of notes from the 2027 Notes. 
 
 

Page 74 of 96 
The 2027 Mirror Notes were issued at a price equal to 98.50% of their face value. The net proceeds from the offering were 
approximately $291.9 million after deducting the discount and offering expenses. Group used $114.6 million of the net proceeds from 
the offering to exercise a contractual option to prepay in full the IRU Lease noted above, at a discount. Group expects to use the 
remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes and/or to make special or recurring dividends to the Company. 
The 2027 Mirror Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture, dated June 11, 2024 (the “2027 Mirror Notes 
Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Company, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as 
trustee (the “2027 Notes Trustee”). The 2027 Mirror Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) on a senior 
unsecured basis by each of Group’s existing and future material domestic subsidiaries (other than the Co-Issuer), subject to certain 
exceptions (collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and by the Company (together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, the 
“Guarantors”). However, the Company is not subject to the covenants under the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture. Under certain 
circumstances, the Guarantors may be released from these Guarantees without the consent of the holders of the 2027 Mirror Notes. 
The 2027 Mirror Notes and the Guarantees are the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ senior unsecured obligations. The 2027 Mirror 
Notes and the Guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ existing and future secured 
indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness, and are structurally subordinated to all 
indebtedness and other liabilities of subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors. Without giving effect to collateral arrangements, 
the 2027 Mirror Notes and the Guarantees rank pari passu in right of payment with all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ existing and 
future senior indebtedness, including the Issuers’ 2026 Notes and the 2027 Notes. The 2027 Mirror Notes and the Guarantees rank 
contractually senior in right of payment to all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ subordinated indebtedness and are structurally 
subordinated to any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the Issuers’ non-guarantor subsidiaries. 
After June 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the 2027 Mirror Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price ranging from 
103.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2027 Mirror Notes redeemed to par (depending on the year), in each case, as set forth 
in the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption. 
If Group undergoes specific kinds of change in control accompanied by certain ratings events, the Issuers will be required to offer 
to repurchase the 2027 Mirror Notes from holders at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase. Additionally, if Group or any of its restricted subsidiaries sells 
assets and does not apply the proceeds from such sale in a certain manner or certain other events have not occurred, under certain 
circumstances, the Issuers will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the 2027 Mirror Notes at an offer price 
in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2027 Mirror Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, 
the repurchase date. In connection with any offer to purchase all or any of the 2027 Mirror Notes (including a change of control offer, 
asset sale offer or any tender offer), if holders of no less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2027 Mirror 
Notes validly tender their 2027 Mirror Notes, the Issuers or a third party are entitled to redeem any remaining 2027 Mirror Notes at 
the price paid to each holder. 
The 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture includes covenants that restrict Group and its restricted subsidiaries’ (including the Co-Issuer’s) 
ability to, among other things; incur indebtedness; issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities; pay dividends or make 
other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock; make certain investments and other restricted payments, such 
as prepayment, redemption or repurchase of certain indebtedness; create liens; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or 
substantially all of the properties and assets of Group and its restricted subsidiaries taken as a whole; incur restrictions on the ability of 
a subsidiary to pay dividends or make other payments; or enter into transactions with affiliates. The covenants provide for certain 
exceptions to these restrictions, and the Company is not subject to the covenants under the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture. Certain 
covenants will cease to apply to the 2027 Mirror Notes if, and for so long as, the 2027 Mirror Notes have investment grade ratings 
from any two of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Fitch Ratings, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings and so long as no default or event of 
default under the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture has occurred and is continuing. Upon suspension of the covenants, the Guarantees will 
be released until such time as the covenants are no longer suspended.  
The principal amount of the 2027 Mirror Notes would become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of certain 
bankruptcy or insolvency events involving Group, the Co-Issuer or certain of Group’s subsidiaries, and may be declared immediately 
due and payable by the 2027 Notes Trustee or the holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding 
2027 Mirror Notes upon the occurrence of certain events of default under the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture. Events of default include 
the following with respect to the Issuers and Group’s significant subsidiaries: (i) failure to pay principal, premium or interest at 
required times; (ii) failure to comply with any other agreements in the 2027 Mirror Notes Indenture; (iii) default on certain material 
indebtedness that is caused by a failure to make a payment within any applicable grace period when due at maturity or results in the 
acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (iv) failure to pay certain material judgments; (v) a Guarantee being 

Page 75 of 96 
held unenforceable or invalid or ceasing for any reason to be in full force and effect or a Guarantor denying or disaffirming its 
obligations under its Guarantee; and (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency. 
Issuance of $206.0 Million Principal Amount of IPv4 Notes 
On May 2, 2024, Cogent IPv4 LLC (the “IPv4 Issuer”), a special-purpose, bankruptcy remote, indirect wholly owned subsidiary 
of the Company, issued $206.0 million principal amount of its IPv4 Notes in an offering exempt from registration under the Securities 
Act. The net proceeds from the offering, after debt offering costs, were $198.4 million and are expected to be used for general 
corporate purposes. 
The IPv4 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of May 2, 2024 (the “IPv4 Base Indenture”), as supplemented by 
the Series 2024-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of May 2, 2024 (the “Series 2024-1 Supplement”), in each case entered into by and 
between the IPv4 Issuer and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee for the IPv4 Notes (the “IPv4 Trustee”). The IPv4 
Base Indenture allows the IPv4 Issuer to issue additional series of notes subject to certain conditions set forth therein, and the IPv4 
Base Indenture, together with the Series 2024-1 Supplement, and any other series supplements to the IPv4 Base Indenture, is referred 
to herein as the “IPv4 Indenture.” 
The IPv4 Notes were issued as part of a securitization transaction, pursuant to which certain IPv4 addresses, customer IPv4 
address leases, customer accounts receivable and other IPv4 address assets (collectively, “IPv4 Address Assets”) were contributed to 
the IPv4 Issuer and are included as collateral for the IPv4 Notes. 
While the IPv4 Notes are outstanding, scheduled payments of interest are required to be made on a monthly basis. From and after 
the ARD, principal payments will also be required to be made on the IPv4 Notes on a monthly basis. No principal payments will be 
due on the IPv4 Notes prior to the ARD, unless certain rapid amortization or acceleration triggers are activated. 
Cogent Communications LLC (in such capacity, the “Manager”) performs certain monthly services related to the IPv4 Address 
Assets and IPv4 Notes including billing customers, collecting amounts paid by customers, forwarding payments to the IPv4 Trustee 
related to the IPv4 Address Assets and other administrative services. Amounts paid by the Manager to the IPv4 Trustee are reconciled 
on a monthly basis and the IPv4 Trustee pays the monthly interest on the IPv4 Notes and other expenses from the accumulated 
customer payments on the IPv4 Address Assets. Amounts held by the IPv4 Trustee before the monthly reconciliation is completed are 
considered restricted cash. After the IPv4 Trustee pays the monthly interest and other IPv4 Address Asset related costs, including 
monthly fees paid to the Manager for its services, the residual cash is paid to the Company and is unrestricted. 
The legal final maturity date of the IPv4 Notes is in May of 2054. If the IPv4 Issuer has not repaid or refinanced the IPv4 Notes 
prior to the monthly payment date in May of 2029, additional interest will accrue thereon in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 5.0% 
per annum and (ii) the excess amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the interest rate for such IPv4 Note: (A) the 
yield to maturity (adjusted to a “mortgage-equivalent basis” pursuant to the standards and practices of the Securities Industry and 
Financial Markets Association) on the ARD for such IPv4 Note of the United States Treasury Security having a remaining term 
closest to 10 years; plus (B) 5.0%; plus (C) the post-ARD note spread of 3.400% applicable to such IPv4 Note. 
The IPv4 Notes are obligations only of the IPv4 Issuer pursuant to the indenture (the IPv4 Indenture”), and are secured by a 
security interest in substantially all of the IPv4 Address Assets pursuant to the IPv4 Indenture. The IPv4 Notes are guaranteed by 
Cogent IPv4 Holdco LLC, a special-purpose entity and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, as the guarantor (in such 
capacity, the “IPv4 Guarantor”), pursuant to a guaranty, dated as of May 2, 2024 (the “Guaranty”) by the IPv4 Guarantor in favor of 
the IPv4 Trustee pursuant to which the IPv4 Guarantor has granted a security interest in the equity interests of the IPv4 Issuer as 
collateral security for its obligations under the Guaranty. Except as described below, neither the Company nor any subsidiary of the 
Company, other than the IPv4 Issuer and the IPv4 Guarantor, will guarantee or in any way be liable for the obligations of the IPv4 
Issuer under the IPv4 Indenture or the IPv4 Notes. 
The IPv4 Notes are subject to a series of covenants and restrictions customary for transactions of this type. These covenants and 
restrictions include (i) that the IPv4 Issuer maintains a liquidity reserve account to be used to make required payments in respect of the 
IPv4 Notes with such funds considered restricted cash; (ii) provisions relating to optional and mandatory prepayments, including 
specified make-whole payments in the case of certain optional prepayments of the IPv4 Notes prior to the monthly payment date in 
May of 2028; (iii) certain indemnification payments in the event, among other things, that the transfers of the assets pledged as 
collateral for the IPv4 Notes are in stated ways defective or ineffective; and (iv) covenants relating to recordkeeping, access to 
information and similar matters. As provided in the IPv4 Base Indenture, the IPv4 Notes are also subject to rapid amortization in the 
event of a failure to maintain a stated debt service coverage ratio as defined in the IPv4 Indenture. A rapid amortization may be cured 

Page 76 of 96 
if the debt service coverage ratio exceeds a certain threshold for a certain period of time, upon which cure, regular amortization, if any, 
will resume. In addition, if certain utilization thresholds are not met (i.e., the proportion of IP addresses which are leased to the total 
number of IP addresses owned by the IPv4 Issuer falls below certain thresholds), the IPv4 Issuer will be required to apply collections 
to the repayment of the IPv4 Notes, and in certain circumstances, the noteholders will have the ability to direct a sale of the IP Address 
Assets, in whole or in part, pursuant to the terms set forth in the IPv4 Indenture. The IPv4 Notes are also subject to certain customary 
events of default, including events relating to non-payment of required interest, principal or other amounts due on or with respect to 
the IPv4 Notes, failure to comply with covenants within certain time frames, certain bankruptcy events, breaches of specified 
representations and warranties, failure of security interests to be effective and certain judgments. 
Issuance of the 2027 Notes and Redemption of 2024 Notes 
On June 22, 2022 (the “2027 Notes Closing Date”), Group completed its offering of $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of 
its 2027 Notes for issuance in a private placement not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
The 2027 Notes were offered and sold only to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers in an unregistered 
offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in transactions outside the United States in 
compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2027 Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture 
(the “2027 Notes Indenture”), dated the 2027 Notes Closing Date by and among Group, Holdings, the other guarantors named therein 
and the trustee. The 2027 Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Company’s existing 
and future material domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, and by the Company. Under certain circumstances, the 
Guarantors may be released from these Guarantees without the consent of the holders of the 2027 Notes. 
The net proceeds from the 2027 Notes offering were $446.0 million after deducting the $2.7 million discount and $1.3 million of 
offering expenses. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the 2027 Notes offering to redeem its 2024 Notes. The 
Company expects to use the remaining net proceeds from the 2027 Notes offering for general corporate purposes, and/or to repurchase 
the Company’s common stock or for special or recurring dividends to the Company’s stockholders. In connection with full redemption 
of its 2024 Notes, Group issued a conditional notice of full redemption to holders of the 2024 Notes, specifying June 30, 2022 as the 
redemption date (the “Redemption Date”). On the 2027 Notes Closing Date, Group satisfied and discharged its obligations under the 
2024 Notes by depositing with a designee of the trustee for the 2024 Notes sufficient funds to pay the principal of the Premium 
(defined below) and accrued and unpaid interest on the Euro Notes to the Redemption Date. The 2024 Notes were issued in Euros and 
were reported in the Company’s reporting currency, US dollars, until they were extinguished and redeemed. Prior to the redemption of 
the 2024 Notes, the gain on foreign exchange on the 2024 Notes from converting Euros into US dollars was $31.6 million for 2022. 
Unless earlier redeemed or repurchased, the 2027 Notes will mature on June 15, 2027. After June 15, 2024, Group may redeem 
the 2027 Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price ranging from 103.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2027 Notes 
redeemed to par (depending on the year), in each case, as set forth in the 2027 Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if 
any. 
On the Redemption Date, Group redeemed its €350.0 million of 2024 Notes at a price of 101.094% (€353.8 million or $375.2 
million) of the principal amount (the “Premium”) plus €7.7 million ($8.1 million) of interest paid through June 30, 2022, the 
Redemption Date where the Premium reduced to 101.094%, for a total payment of €361.5 million ($383.4 million). Group entered 
into a short-term USD to Euro forward purchase agreement to mitigate the risk of foreign currency fluctuations. As a result of these 
transactions, the Company incurred a loss on debt extinguishment and redemption of $11.9 million. On the Redemption Date the 2024 
Notes were valued at $365.8 million, resulting in a gain on foreign exchange of $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. 
Issuance of the 2026 Notes 
On May 7, 2021 (the “2026 Notes Closing Date”), Group completed an offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 
its 2026 Notes for issuance in a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The 2026 Notes were offered and 
sold only to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to 
certain non-U.S. persons in transactions outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2026 
Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture (the “2026 Notes Indenture”), dated the 2026 Notes Closing Date by 
and among Group, Holdings, the other guarantors named therein, the trustee and the collateral agent. The 2026 Notes are guaranteed 
on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by Group’s material domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions (the 
“Subsidiary Guarantors”). In addition, the 2026 Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by Holdings (together with the 
Subsidiary Guarantors, the “Guarantors”). Under certain circumstances, the Guarantors may be released from these guarantees without 
the consent of the holders of the 2026 Notes. The net proceeds from the 2026 Notes offering were $496.9 million after deducting the 
$1.8 million discount and $1.3 million of offering expenses.  

Page 77 of 96 
Unless earlier redeemed or repurchased, the 2026 Notes will mature on May 1, 2026. Group may redeem some or all of the 2026 
Notes at any time prior to February 1, 2026 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes, plus a “make-whole” 
premium as set forth in the 2026 Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of 
redemption. Thereafter, Group may redeem the 2026 Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 
2026 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption. 
Senior Unsecured Notes - €350.0 million 2024 Notes 
In June 2019, Group completed an offering of €135.0 million of 2024 Notes. The net proceeds from the June 2019 offering, after 
deducting offering expenses, were $152.1 million. In June 2020, Group completed an offering of €215.0 million of 2024 Notes. The 
net proceeds from the June 2020 offering, after deducting offering expenses, were $240.3 million. The 2024 Notes were guaranteed 
(the “Guarantees”) on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by the Company’s material domestic subsidiaries, subject to 
certain exceptions, and by the Company (collectively, the “Guarantors”). Under certain circumstances, the Guarantors could be 
released from these Guarantees without the consent of the holders of the 2024 Notes.  
The 2024 Notes bore interest at a rate of 4.375% per annum and was paid semi-annually in arrears on June 30 and December 30 
of each year. The 2024 Notes were scheduled to mature on June 30, 2024. The 2024 Notes were issued in Euros and were reported in 
the Company’s reporting currency — US dollars. As of December 31, 2022, the 2024 Notes were valued at $397.0 million, resulting 
in a gain on foreign exchange of $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. 
In June 2022, Group redeemed the 2024 Notes, as noted above. 
Limitations Under the Indentures 
The indentures governing the 2026 Notes, the 2027 Notes and the 2027 Mirror Notes (the “Indentures”), among other things, limit 
the ability of Group and its restricted subsidiaries to incur indebtedness; to pay dividends or make other distributions; to make certain 
investments and other restricted payments; to create liens; to consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of 
its assets; to incur restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make other payments; and to enter into certain 
transactions with its affiliates. There are certain exceptions to the limitations on the ability to incur indebtedness under the Indentures, 
including IRU agreements incurred in the normal course of business and any additional indebtedness if Group’s consolidated leverage 
ratio, as defined in the Indentures, is less than 6.0 to 1.0 or Group’s fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined in the Indentures, is 2.0 to 
1.0 or greater. Group and its subsidiaries can also incur unlimited liens (which can be used, together with capacity under the debt 
covenant, to incur additional secured indebtedness) if Group’s consolidated secured leverage ratio, as defined in the Indentures, is less 
than 4.0 to 1.0. Under the Indentures, Group and its restricted subsidiaries can pay dividends, make other distributions, make certain 
investments and make other restricted payments under certain circumstances, including if, after giving pro forma effect to such 
restricted payment, Group could still incur $1 of “Ratio Debt,”, as defined (i.e., either its consolidated leverage ratio is less than 6.0 to 
1.0 or its fixed charge coverage ratio is 2.0 to 1.0 or greater). As of December 31, 2024, Group’s consolidated leverage ratio was 
below 6.0, Group’s consolidated secured leverage ratio was below 4.0 and Group’s fixed charge coverage ratio was above 2.0. As of 
December 31, 2024, a total of $303.6 million was unrestricted and permitted for restricted payments, including dividends and stock 
purchases. 
The aggregate future contractual maturities of long-term debt were as follows as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ending December 31,  
      
 
2025 
 
$ 
— 
2026 
 
  
 500,000 
2027 
 
  
 750,000 
2028 
 
  
— 
2029 
 
  
 206,000 
Thereafter 
 
  
— 
Total 
 
$  1,456,000 
 
 
Interest Rate Swap Agreement 
As of December 31, 2024, the Company was party to the Swap Agreement that has the economic effect of modifying the fixed 
interest rate obligation associated with its 2026 Notes to a variable interest rate obligation based on the Secured Overnight Financing 
Rate (“SOFR”) so that the interest payable on the 2026 Notes effectively became variable based on overnight SOFR. The critical 

Page 78 of 96 
terms of the Swap Agreement match the terms of the 2026 Notes, including the notional amount and the optional redemption date on 
February 1, 2026. The Company did not elect hedge accounting for the Swap Agreement. The Swap Agreement is recorded at its fair 
value at each reporting period, and the Company incurs gains and losses due to changes in market interest rates. By entering into the 
Swap Agreement, the Company has assumed the risk associated with variable interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect the 
valuation of the Swap Agreement that the Company recognizes in its consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The values 
that the Company reports for the Swap Agreement as of each reporting date are recognized as “interest expense including change in 
valuation – interest rate swap agreement” with the corresponding amounts included in assets or liabilities in the Company’s 
consolidated balance sheets. 
As of December 31, 2024, the fair value of the Swap Agreement was a net liability of $22.3 million, of which $18.3 million is 
presented with accrued and other current liabilities and $4.0 million is presented with other long-term liabilities. As of December 31, 
2023, the fair value of the Swap Agreement was a net liability of $38.7 million, of which $21.6 million is presented with accrued and 
other current liabilities and $17.1 million is presented with other long-term liabilities. Unrealized gains (losses) related to the Swap 
Agreement are included in interest expense. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has made a $23.4 million deposit with the 
counterparty to the Swap Agreement. If the fair value of the Swap Agreement exceeds a net liability of $23.4 million, the Company 
will be required to deposit additional funds with the counterparty equal to the net liability fair value. As of December 31, 2024, $22.3 
million of the deposit was restricted and $1.1 million was unrestricted. 
Under the Swap Agreement, the Company pays the counterparty a semi-annual payment based upon overnight SOFR plus a 
contractual interest rate spread, and the counterparty pays the Company a semi-annual fixed 3.50% interest payment. The settlement 
payment is made each November and May until the Swap Agreement expires in February 2026. Under the settlements paid in May 
and November 2024, the Company paid a total of $24.2 million to the counterparty for a net cash interest cost of $24.2 million. Under 
the settlements paid in May and November 2023, the Company paid a total of $21.5 million to the counterparty for a net cash interest 
cost of $21.5 million. Under the settlements paid in May and November 2022, the Company paid a total of $2.1 million to the 
counterparty for a net cash interest cost of $2.1 million. 
 
5. Income taxes: 
The components of (loss) income before income taxes consist of the following (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
    
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Domestic 
$ (257,523) $ 1,217,084  $ 34,784 
Foreign 
  
 (2,126)   
 2,393     (8,408)
Total (loss) income before income taxes 
$ (259,649) $ 1,219,477  $ 26,376 
 
The income tax benefit (expense) is comprised of the following (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
    
2024 
    
2023 
    
2022 
Current: 
   
   
   
Federal 
 $ 
 —  $ 
 (3,638) $
— 
State 
   
 4,620     (11,868)    (4,195)
Foreign 
   
 (351)   
 (203)   
 (496)
Deferred: 
   
   
   
Federal 
    54,859    
 53,393     (16,299)
State 
    (3,143)   
 16,086    
 (143)
Foreign 
   
 (410)   
 194    
 (97)
Total income tax benefit (expense) 
 $  55,575  $ 
 53,964  $ (21,230)
 

Page 79 of 96 
Our consolidated temporary differences comprising our net deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
Deferred Tax Assets: 
  
  
Net operating loss carry-forwards 
 $  236,346  $  244,306 
Interest expense limitation 
   
 66,386    
 34,828 
Accrued liabilities and other 
  
 8,584   
 12,055 
Operating leases 
  
 98,261    107,563 
Total gross deferred tax assets 
    409,577     398,752 
Valuation allowance 
   (131,773)   (136,533)
 
   277,804    262,219 
Deferred Tax Liabilities: 
  
  
Property & equipment 
    308,254     295,630 
Intangibles 
    113,596    118,727 
Deferred consideration – IP Transit Services Agreement 
  
 63,070    114,844 
Investment in foreign subsidiaries 
  
 95,974    100,081 
Right-of-use assets 
  
 95,176    104,435 
Gross deferred tax liabilities 
    676,070     733,717 
Net deferred tax liabilities 
 $  398,266  $  471,498 
 
The acquisition of Sprint was an asset acquisition for US federal income tax purposes. The Company recorded a net, deferred tax 
liability of $475 million, that represents the difference in book basis and tax basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The 
Seller indemnified the Company for historical tax exposures and the estimated indemnification asset is not material. 
At each balance sheet date, the Company assesses the likelihood that it will be able to realize its deferred tax assets. The 
Company considers all available positive and negative evidence in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. The Company 
maintains a full valuation allowance against certain of its deferred tax assets consisting primarily of net operating loss carryforwards 
related to its foreign operations in Europe, South America, Oceania and Africa. 
As of December 31, 2024, the Company has combined net operating loss carry-forwards of $1.0 billion. This amount includes 
federal net operating loss carry-forwards in the United States of $27.4 million, net operating loss carry-forwards related to its 
European operations of $956.9 million and $35.6 million related to its other international operations. Section 382 of the Internal 
Revenue Code in the United States limits the utilization of net operating losses when ownership changes, as defined by that section, 
occur. The Company has performed an analysis of its Section 382 ownership changes and has determined that the utilization of certain 
of its net operating loss carryforwards in the United States is limited based on the annual Section 382 limitation and remaining 
carryforward period. Of the net operating losses available at December 31, 2024 in the United States $12.8 million are limited for use 
under Section 382. Net operating loss carryforwards outside of the United States totaling $992.5 million are not subject to limitations 
similar to Section 382. There are $12.8 million of net operating loss carryforwards in the United States that will expire, if unused, in 
2025. The net operating loss carry-forwards related to the Company’s European operations include $828.0 million that do not expire 
and $128.8 million that expire between 2025 and 2038. 
The Company has not provided for United States deferred income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on its undistributed earnings 
for certain non-US subsidiaries earnings or cumulative translation adjustments because these earnings and adjustments are intended to 
be permanently reinvested in operations outside the United States. It is not practical to determine the amount of the unrecognized 
deferred tax liability on such undistributed earnings or cumulative translation adjustments. 
In the normal course of business, the Company takes positions on its tax returns that may be challenged by taxing authorities. The 
Company evaluates all uncertain tax positions to assess whether the position will more likely than not be sustained upon examination. 
If the Company determines that the tax position is not more likely than not to be sustained, the Company records a liability for the 
amount of the benefit that is not more likely than not to be realized when the tax position is settled. The Company did not have a 
material liability for uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, and does not expect that its liability for uncertain 
tax positions will materially increase during the year ended December 31, 2025; however, actual changes in the liability for uncertain 
tax positions could be different than currently expected. If recognized, changes in the Company’s total unrecognized tax benefits 
would impact the Company’s effective income tax rate.  

Page 80 of 96 
The Company or one of its subsidiary’s files income tax returns in the US federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign 
jurisdictions. The Company is subject to US federal tax and state tax examinations for years 2005 to 2025. The Company is subject to 
tax examinations in its foreign jurisdictions generally for years 2005 to 2024. 
The following is a reconciliation of the Federal statutory income taxes to the amounts reported in the financial statements (in 
thousands). 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Federal income tax expense at statutory rates 
 
$ 
 54,381  
$ 
 (256,086) 
$ 
 (5,537)
Effect of: 
 
  
 
  
 
  
State income taxes, net of federal benefit 
 
  
 1,587  
  
 3,722  
  
 (1,700)
Impact of foreign operations 
 
  
 (1,602) 
  
 868  
  
 (651)
Non-deductible expenses 
 
  
 (2,713) 
  
 (2,783) 
  
 (2,679)
Bargain purchase gain - Sprint Business acquisition 
 
 
 4,662  
 
 295,351  
 
 — 
Tax effect of TCJA from foreign earnings 
 
  
 —  
  
 (490) 
  
 (360)
Changes in valuation allowance 
 
  
 (740) 
  
 13,382  
  
 (10,303)
Income tax benefit (expense) 
 
$ 
 55,575  
$ 
 53,964  
$ 
 (21,230)
 
 
6. Commitments and contingencies: 
Current and potential litigation 
In accordance with the accounting guidance for contingencies, the Company accrues its estimate of a contingent liability when it 
is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Where it is probable that a 
liability has been incurred and there is a range of expected loss for which no amount in the range is more likely than any other amount, 
the Company accrues at the low end of the range. The Company reviews its accruals at least quarterly and adjusts them to reflect the 
impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter. 
The Company has taken certain positions related to its obligations for leased circuits for which it is reasonably possible to result in a 
loss of up to $4.3 million in excess of the amount accrued at December 31, 2024. 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in other legal activities and claims. Because such matters are subject 
to many uncertainties and the outcomes are not predictable with assurance, the liability related to these legal actions and claims cannot 
be determined with certainty. Management does not believe that such claims and actions will have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial condition or results of operations. Judgment is required in estimating the ultimate outcome of any dispute 
resolution process, as well as any other amounts that may be incurred to conclude the negotiations or settle any litigation. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and such differences could be material. 
Network equipment sites and data center facilities 
The Company enters into service agreements related to network equipment sites and for data center facilities. Future minimum 
annual payments under these arrangements are as follows (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ending December 31,  
      
 
2025 
 
$ 
 41,100 
2026 
 
  
 19,296 
2027 
 
  
 11,206 
2028 
 
 
 4,407 
2029 
 
  
 1,100 
Thereafter 
 
  
 477 
 
 
$ 
 77,586 
 
Expenses related to these arrangements were $35.3 million in 2024, $29.1 million in 2023 and $21.8 million in 2022. Short - term 
lease expense was $14.4 million for 2024, $9.8 million for 2023 and $1.1 million for 2022. 

Page 81 of 96 
Unconditional purchase obligations 
Unconditional purchase obligations for equipment and services totaled $107.2 million at December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 
2024, the Company had also committed to additional dark fiber IRU finance and operating lease agreements totaling $184.3 million in 
future payments to be paid over periods of up to 20 years. These obligations begin when the related fiber is accepted, which is 
generally expected to occur in 2025. Future minimum payments under these dark fiber IRU obligations are $12.5 million, 
$7.4 million, $7.3 million, $7.3 million and $7.3 million for the years ending December 31, 2025 to December 31, 2029, respectively, 
and $142.4 million, thereafter. 
Defined contribution plan 
The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan that provides for a Company matching payment. The Company 
matching payments were paid in cash and were $2.8 million for 2024, $2.3 million for 2023 and $0.9 million for 2022. 
 
7. Stockholders’ equity: 
Authorized shares 
The Company has 75.0 million shares of authorized $0.001 par value common stock and 10,000 authorized but unissued shares of 
$0.001 par value preferred stock. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per common share and, subject to any rights of 
any series of preferred stock, dividends may be declared and paid on the common stock when determined by the Company’s Board of 
Directors. 
Common stock buybacks 
The Company’s Board of Directors has approved $50.0 million for purchases of the Company’s common stock under a buyback 
program (the “Buyback Program”) through 2025. At December 31, 2024, there was $22.4 million remaining for purchases under the 
Buyback Program. In June 2024, the Company purchased 153,322 shares of its common stock for $8.0 million at an average share 
price of $51.97. There were no purchases of common stock in 2023 or 2022. 
Dividends on common stock 
Dividends are recorded as a reduction to retained earnings. Dividends on unvested restricted shares of common stock are paid as 
the awards vest. The payment of any future dividends and any other returns of capital, including stock buybacks, will be at the 
discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and may be reduced, eliminated or increased and will be dependent upon the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations, available cash, cash flow, capital requirements, limitations under the Company’s 
debt indentures and other factors deemed relevant by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company is a Delaware corporation and 
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware distributions may be restricted including a restriction that distributions, 
including stock purchases and dividends, do not result in an impairment of a corporation’s capital, as defined under Delaware law. The 
Indentures limit the Company’s ability to return cash to its stockholders. 
8. Stock option and award plan: 
Incentive award plan 
The Company grants restricted stock and options for common stock under its award plan, as amended (the “Award Plan”). Stock 
options granted under the Award Plan generally vest over a four-year period and have a term of ten years. Grants of shares of 
restricted stock granted under the Award Plan generally vest over periods ranging from three to four years. Compensation expense for 
all awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period. Awards with graded vesting terms that are subject only to 
service conditions are recognized on a straight-line basis. Certain option and share grants provide for accelerated vesting if there is a 
change in control, as defined. For grants of restricted stock, when an employee terminates prior to full vesting the employee retains 
their vested shares, and the employees’ unvested shares are returned to the Award Plan. For grants of options for common stock, when 
an employee terminates prior to full vesting, the employee may elect to exercise their vested options for a period of ninety days, and 
any unvested options are returned to the Award Plan. Shares issued to satisfy awards are provided from the Company’s authorized 
shares. The vesting of certain shares granted to the Company’s executives is subject to certain performance conditions determined by 
the Company’s Board of Directors. The vesting of certain shares granted to the Company’s CEO is subject to the total shareholder 
return of the Company’s common stock compared to the total shareholder return of the Nasdaq Telecommunications Index, the 

Page 82 of 96 
Company’s growth rate in revenue, the Company’s growth rate in cash flow from operating activities,and the Company’s growth rate 
in earnings before interest and depreciation, as adjusted, with each portion of the CEO’s performance-based equity award subject to a 
cap and no shares earned if performance with respect to a target is less than zero. 
The accounting for equity-based compensation expense requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect its 
financial statements. These estimates for stock options include the following: 
Expected Dividend Yield—The Company uses an expected dividend yield based upon expected annual dividends and the 
Company’s stock price. 
Expected Volatility—The Company uses its historical volatility for a period commensurate with the expected term of the option. 
Risk-Free Interest Rate—The Company uses the zero-coupon US Treasury rate during the quarter having a term that most closely 
resembles the expected term of the option. 
Expected Term of the Option—The Company estimates the expected life of the option term by analyzing historical stock option 
exercises. 
Forfeiture Rates—The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on historical data with further consideration given to the class 
of employees to whom the options or shares were granted. 
The weighted-average per share grant date fair value of options was $12.95 in 2024, $12.81 in 2023 and $10.73 in 2022. The 
following assumptions were used for determining the fair value of options granted in the three years ended December 31, 2024: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended 
  
 
 
December 31,  
 
Black-Scholes Assumptions 
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
  
Dividend yield 
  
 6.0 %   
 5.8 %  
 5.9 % 
Expected volatility 
  
 34.9 %   
 33.4 %  
 33.1 % 
Risk-free interest rate 
  
 4.1 %   
 3.8 %  
 3.0 % 
Expected life of the option term (in years) 
  
 4.1  
 4.1  
 4.1  
 
Stock option activity under the Company’s Award Plan during the year ended December 31, 2024, was as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Number of     Weighted-Average 
 
    
Options     
Exercise Price 
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 
   198,775  $ 
 61.97 
Granted 
   120,784  $ 
 70.21 
Cancelled and expired 
  
 (62,138) $ 
 66.05 
Exercised—intrinsic value $0.5 million; cash received $1.2 million 
  
 (36,465) $ 
 60.45 
Outstanding at December 31, 2024—$2.7 million intrinsic value and 
7.7 years weighted-average remaining contractual term 
   220,956  $ 
 65.58 
Exercisable at December 31, 2024—$1.5 million intrinsic value and 
6.1 years weighted-average remaining contractual term 
  
 95,330  $ 
 62.15 
Expected to vest—$2.3 million intrinsic value and 7.4 years weighted-
average remaining contractual term 
   183,864  $ 
 64.94 
 
A summary of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2024 and the changes during the year ended 
December 31, 2024 are as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Weighted-Average 
 
 
 
 
Grant Date 
Non-vested awards 
     
Shares 
    
Fair Value 
Non-vested at December 31, 2023 
   1,261,623  $ 
 62.89 
Granted 
  
 672,098  $ 
 68.58 
Vested 
  
 (315,559) $ 
 66.11 
Forfeited 
  
 (128,885) $ 
 66.66 
Non-vested at December 31, 2024 
   1,489,277  $ 
 64.45 

Page 83 of 96 
The weighted average per share grant date fair value of restricted stock granted was $68.58 in 2024 (0.7 million shares), $60.05 in 
2023 (0.6 million shares) and $66.08 in 2022 (0.4 million shares). The fair value was determined using the quoted market price of the 
Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Valuations were obtained to determine the fair value for the shares granted to the 
Company’s CEO that are subject to the total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock compared to the total shareholder 
return of the Nasdaq Telecommunications Index. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Years Ended 
 
  
December 31, 
Additional Award Plan Information – Related to Stock Options & Restricted Stock (thousands) 
  
2024 
    
2023 
    
2022 
Equity-based compensation expense 
 
$ 
 25,738  
$ 
 26,924  
$ 
 24,439 
Income tax benefit related to stock options and restricted stock 
 
  
 2,469  
  
 3,307  
  
 2,489 
Capitalized compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock 
 
  
 3,100  
  
 3,541  
  
 2,277 
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised 
 
  
 573  
  
 456  
  
 305 
Fair value of shares of restricted stock vested 
 
  
 22,489  
  
 30,113  
  
 25,792 
 
As of December 31, 2024, there was $48.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested equity-based 
compensation awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years. 
 
9. Related party transactions: 
The Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) reviews and approves all transactions with 
related parties. 
The Company’s headquarters is located in an office building owned by Sodium LLC whose owner is the Company’s Chief 
Executive Officer and Chairman, David Schaeffer. The fixed annual rent for the headquarters building is $1.0 million per year plus an 
allocation of taxes and utilities. The lease began in May 2015, and the lease term was for five years. In February 2020, the lease term 
was extended to May 2025. The lease is cancellable at no cost by the Company upon 60 days’ notice. 
On January 6, 2023, the Company entered into two lease agreements (the “New Leases”), one with Thorium LLC (“Thorium”) 
and one with Germanium LLC (“Germanium”), entities owned by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, David 
Schaeffer.The first of the New Leases is with Thorium for 54,803 square feet of office space, which serves as office space for the 
Company replacing a portion of its office space in the Northern Virginia area (“Office Lease”). The second of the New Leases is with 
Germanium LLC for 1,587 square feet of technical space which serves as network operations space for the Company (“Network 
Operations Lease”). The term for each of the New Leases is five years beginning on April 1, 2023. Both of the New Leases are 
cancellable by the Company without penalty upon 60 days written notice. The Company took occupancy of the office space and 
network operations space in April 2023. The amount of fixed annual rent during the term of the Office Lease is $1.2 million, and the 
Company is responsible for paying its proportionate share of the building’s operating expenses that exceed a 2023 base year. The 
amount of fixed annual rent for the Network Operations Lease is $34,914, and the Company is also responsible for paying its metered 
utility costs and a proportionate share of the building’s other operating expenses that exceed a 2023 base year. 
On July 25, 2023 the Company entered into a Second Amendment to the lease agreement with Germanium (the “Amendment”), 
which amended the Network Operations Lease to lease an additional 7,369 square feet on the first floor of the building, beginning on 
August 1, 2023, in connection with the planned expansion of the technical space. This included 4,987 square feet for an auditorium 
suitable for training and 2,382 square feet for the data center in the building. The amended Network Operations Lease remains 
cancellable by the Company without penalty upon 60 days written notice. The Amendment provides for $162,118 of additional fixed 
annual rent during the term of the Network Operations Lease, plus a proportionate share of real estate taxes and operating expenses 
and separately metered utilities expense. 
The Company paid $3.3 million in 2024, $2.8 million in 2023 and $1.7 million in 2022 for rent and related costs (including taxes 
and utilities) for these leases. 
 

Page 84 of 96 
10. Geographic and segment information: 
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is 
evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing the 
Company’s performance. The Company’s Chief Executive officer and Chairman, Dave Schaeffer is the Company’s CODM. The 
Company has one operating segment. The CODM regularly reviews the following amounts on a worldwide consolidated basis as 
presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss); 
 
Service revenue  
 
Network operations expense  
 
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses  
 
Amortization of compensation expense  
o 
As components of SG&A and network operations expense 
 
Interest expense 
 
Gain on bargain purchase – Sprint business 
 
Net income (loss) 
The Company’s results are evaluated for performance and resource allocation decisions based on consolidated net (loss) income. 
The consolidated operating segment financial information regularly reviewed by the CODM, inclusive of assets, revenue, expenses, 
profit or loss, and noncash items are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), Consolidated Balance 
Sheets, and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. 
 
 

Page 85 of 96 
Revenues are attributed to regions based on where the services are provided. Below are the Company’s service revenues and 
long-lived assets by geographic region - including property plant and equipment and excluding intangible assets (in thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2024 
     
On-net 
     
Off-net 
     Wavelengths      
Non-core 
     
Total 
North America 
 $  424,437  $  426,857  $ 
 19,015  $ 
 17,692  $  888,001 
Europe 
  
 94,363   
 21,242 
 
 172   
 347   
 116,124 
Oceania 
   
 18,205   
 5,013 
 
 9    
 91    
 23,318 
South America 
  
 7,080   
 896 
 
—   
 43   
 8,019 
Africa 
  
 543   
 99 
 
—   
—   
 642 
Total 
 $  544,628  $  454,107 
$ 
 19,196  $ 
 18,173  $  1,036,104 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2023 
     
On-net 
     
Off-net 
 
Wavelengths      
Non-core 
     
Total 
North America 
 $  401,213  $  367,210 
$ 
 5,653  $ 
 28,614  $  802,690 
Europe 
   
 88,310   
 19,913 
—   
 147   
 108,370 
Oceania 
   
 15,769   
 5,587 
—    
 71    
 21,427 
South America 
  
 6,957   
 684 
—   
 8   
 7,649 
Africa 
  
 687   
 99 
—   
—   
 786 
Total 
 $  512,936  $  393,493 
$ 
 5,653  $ 
 28,840  $  940,922 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2022 
     
On-net 
     
Off-net 
 
Wavelengths      
Non-core 
     
Total 
North America 
 $  350,256  $  128,486 
$ 
—  $ 
 619  $  479,361 
Europe 
   
 82,451    
 16,144 
—    
 49    
 98,644 
Oceania 
   
 13,689    
 1,271 
—    
 3    
 14,963 
South America 
  
 5,656   
 174 
—   
 2   
 5,832 
Africa 
  
 727   
 77 
—   
—   
 804 
Total 
 $  452,779  $  146,152 
—  $ 
 673  $  599,604 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,   
December 31,  
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
Long lived assets, net 
 
  
 
  
North America 
 
$  1,579,495  
$  1,487,429 
Europe and other 
 
  
 158,854  
  
 162,529 
Total 
 
$  1,738,349  
$  1,649,958 
 
 
11. Subsequent Events: 
Dividend 
On February 26, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the payment of a quarterly dividend of $1.005 per common 
share. The dividend for the first quarter of 2025 will be paid to holders of record on March 13, 2025. This estimated $47.8 million 
dividend payment is expected to be made on March 28, 2025. 
 

Page 86 of 96 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 
None. 
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our 
reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities 
and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, 
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required 
disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and 
procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control 
objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible 
controls and procedures. 
As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our 
management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and 
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under Exchange Act) as of the end of 
the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our management, including our principal executive officer and our 
principal financial officer, concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the 
reasonable assurance level. 
There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 
 
 

Page 87 of 96 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL 
OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 
We are responsible for the preparation and integrity of our published financial statements. The financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, accordingly, include 
amounts based on judgments and estimates made by our management. We also prepared the other information included in the annual 
report and are responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the financial statements. 
We are responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of internal control over financial reporting, which is intended to 
provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of our financial statements. The 
system includes but is not limited to: 
 
a documented organizational structure and division of responsibility; 
 
established policies and procedures, including a code of conduct to foster a strong ethical climate which is communicated 
throughout the company; 
 
regular reviews of our financial statements by qualified individuals; and 
 
the careful selection, training and development of our people. 
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control, including the possibility of human error and 
the circumvention or overriding of controls. Also, the effectiveness of an internal control system may change over time. We have 
implemented a system of internal control that was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
As required by Rule 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act, we have assessed our internal control system in relation to criteria for 
effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework). Based upon these criteria, we believe that, as of 
December 31, 2024, our system of internal control over financial reporting was effective. 
The independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has audited our 2024 financial statements. Ernst & 
Young LLP was given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of stockholders, 
the Board of Directors and committees of the Board. Ernst & Young LLP has issued an unqualified report on our 2024 financial 
statements as a result of the audit and also has issued an unqualified report on our internal control over financial reporting which is 
attached hereto. 
Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. 
February 28, 2025 
By: 
/s/ DAVID SCHAEFFER 
 
 
David Schaeffer 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer 
 
 
 

Page 88 of 96 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. 
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
We have audited Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Cogent Communications 
Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2024, based on the COSO criteria. 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of 
comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2024, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)2 and our report dated 
February 28, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 
Basis for Opinion 
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with 
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities 
and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 
 
 

Page 89 of 96 
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being 
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements. 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 
 
Tysons, Virginia 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 
During the three months ended December 31, 2024, no director or officer of the Company adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 
trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K. 
 
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS 
Not applicable. 
 
 

Page 90 of 96 
PART III 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated in this report by reference to the information set forth under the captions 
entitled “Proposal No. 1- Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers and Significant Employees,” “The Board of Directors and 
Committees,” and, if applicable, ”Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in our Proxy Statement for the 2025 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders, which is expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of our 
fiscal year (the “2025 Proxy Statement”). 
Insider Trading Policy and Procedures 
We have adopted an [Insider Trading Compliance Policy] that governs the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of our 
securities by directors, officers and employees that is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and 
regulations and Nasdaq listing standards. A copy of our Insider Trading Compliance Policy is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this report. 
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 
The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated in this report by reference to the information set forth under the captions 
entitled “The Board of Directors and Committees,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Employment Agreements and 
Potential Post-Employment Compensation Arrangements,” “Compensation Committee Report” and “Compensation Committee 
Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the 2025 Proxy Statement. 
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated in this report by reference to the information set forth under the caption 
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity 
Compensation Plans” in the 2025 Proxy Statement. 
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 
The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated in this report by reference to the information set forth under the caption 
“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “The Board of Directors and Committees” in the 2025 Proxy Statement. 
 
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 
The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated in this report by reference to the information set forth under the caption 
“Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accountants” in the 2025 Proxy Statement. 
 
 

Page 91 of 96 
PART IV 
ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 
(a) 1. Financial Statements. A list of financial statements included herein is set forth in the Index to Financial Statements appearing in 
“ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.” 
2. Financial Statement Schedules. The Financial Statement Schedule described below is filed as part of the report. 
 
Description 
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. 
All other financial statement schedules are not required under the relevant instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been 
omitted. 
(b)   Exhibits 
  
 
2.1 
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of May 15, 2014, by and among Cogent Communications Group, Inc., 
Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. and Merger Sub (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-
K, filed on May 15, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference). 
2.2 * 
Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2022, by and among Cogent Infrastructure, Inc., 
Sprint LLC and Sprint Communications LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on 
September 7, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference). * 
3.1 
Certificate of Incorporation of Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 15, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference). 
3.2 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. (as of May 4, 2022) (previously filed as Exhibit 
3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference). 
4.1 
Indenture related to the 3.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2026, dated as of May 7, 2021, among Cogent Communications 
Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent 
(previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 11, 2021 and incorporated herein by 
reference). 
4.2 
Form of 3.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (previously filed as Exhibit A to the Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on 
Form 8-K, filed on May 11, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference). 
4.3 
Indenture related to the 7.000% Senior Notes due 2027, dated as of June 22, 2022, among Cogent Communications Group, 
Inc., the guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (previously 
filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 22, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference). 
4.4 
Form of 7.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (previously filed as Exhibit A to the Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on 
Form 8-K, filed on June 22, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference). 
4.5 
Base Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2024, by and between Cogent IPv4 LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association 
(previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 6, 2024, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 
4.6 
Series 2024-1 Supplement, dated as of May 2, 2024, by and between Cogent Ipv4 LLC and Wilmington Trust, National 
Association, (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 6, 2024, and incorporated 
herein by reference). 
4.7 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2024, by and among Cogent Communications Group, LLC, Sprint 
Solutions Wireline LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (previously filed as 
Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 6, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference). 
4.8 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2024, by and among Cogent Communications Group, LLC, Sprint 
Solutions Wireline LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to our 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 6, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference). 
4.9 
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 3, 2024, by and among Cogent Communications Group, LLC, Cogent 
Finance, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to 
our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 6, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference). 
4.10 
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 3, 2024, by and among Cogent Communications Group, LLC, Cogent 
Finance, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to our Current Report 
on Form 8-K, filed on May 6, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference). 

Page 92 of 96 
4.11 
Indenture, dated as of June 11, 2024 among Cogent Communications Group, LLC, Cogent Finance Inc., the guarantors 
named therein and Wilmington Trust National Association as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report 
on Form 8-K, filed on June 11, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference). 
4.12 
Form of 7.000% Senior Note due 2027 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 
11, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.1 ** Dark Fiber IRU Agreement, dated April 14, 2000, between WilTel Communications, Inc. and Cogent Communications, 
Inc., as amended June 27, 2000, December 11, 2000, January 26, 2001, and February 21, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our 
periodic report on Form 10-Q filed on May 5, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference. ** 
10.2# 
David Schaeffer Employment Agreement with Cogent Communications Group, Inc., dated February 7, 2000 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.6 to our Registration Statement on Form S-4, Commission File No. 333-71684, filed on October 16, 
2001, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.3# 
David Schaeffer Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement with Cogent Communications Group, Inc., dated as of 
March 12, 2007 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 14, 2007, and 
incorporated herein by reference). 
10.4# 
Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement of Dave Schaeffer, dated as of August 7, 2007 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 8, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.5# 
Amendment No. 4 to Employment Agreement of Dave Schaeffer, dated as of February 26, 2010 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.25 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 1, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.6# 
Amendment No. 5 to Employment Agreement of Dave Schaeffer, dated April 7, 2010 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to 
our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 7, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.7# 
Amendment No. 6 to Employment Agreement of Dave Schaeffer, dated August 6, 2014 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to 
our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 7, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.8# 
Amendment No. 7 to Employment Agreement of David Schaeffer, dated November 17, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.9# 
Amendment No. 8 to Employment Agreement of David Schaeffer, dated February 14, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 19, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.10# Amendment No. 9 to Employment Agreement of David Schaeffer, dated as of January 3, 2024 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 5, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.11# Restricted Stock Award, dated as of May 3, 2017, between the Company and David Schaeffer (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 3, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.12# Restricted Stock Award, dated as of February 14, 2020, between the Company and David Schaeffer (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 19, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.13# Restricted Stock Award, dated as of February 24, 2021, between the Company and David Schaeffer (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 26, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.14# Restricted Stock Award, dated as of January 3, 2022, between the Company and David Schaeffer (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 5, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.15# Restricted Stock Award, dated as of January 3, 2023, between the Company and David Schaeffer (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 6, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.16# Form of Restricted Stock Award between the Company and David Schaeffer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 5, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.17# Brad Kummer Employment Agreement with Cogent Communications Group, Inc., dated January 11, 2000, (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.23 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, Commission File No. 333-122821, filed on February 14, 
2005, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.18# Raymond B. “Brad” Kummer Severance Agreement with Cogent Communications, Inc., dated September 25, 2003 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2022, and incorporated herein 
by reference). 
10.19# Thaddeus G. Weed Employment Agreements, dated September 25, 2003 through October 26, 2006 (filed as Exhibit 10.28 
to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 14, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.20# John Chang Severance Agreement with Cogent Communications, Inc., dated December 18, 2012 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.25 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.21# Henry Kilmer Severance Agreement with Cogent Communications, Inc., dated March 13, 2012 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.27 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.22# Form of Restricted Stock Award, dated as of May 3, 2017, between the Company and the Vice President named executive 
officers (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 3, 2017, and incorporated 
herein by reference). 

Page 93 of 96 
10.23# Form of Restricted Stock Award between the Company and the Vice President named executive officers (Retention) 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 29, 2024, and incorporated herein 
by reference). 
10.24# Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. 2004 Incentive Award Plan (as amended through April 17, 2014) (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 18, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.25# Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2014, by and between Cogent Communications Group, Inc. 
and Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. assuming the obligations of the 2004 Incentive Award Plan (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 15, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.26# Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan (previously filed as Appendix A to the Company’s 
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed March 15, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.27# First Amendment to Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan (previously filed as Appendix B 
to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed March 15, 2019, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 
10.28# Amended and Restated Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan (previously filed as Annex A 
to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed March 15, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.29 
Lease Agreement, dated April 16, 2015, between Sodium LLC and Cogent Communications, Inc. (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 17, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.30 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated February 28, 2020, between Sodium LLC and Cogent Communications, Inc. 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 2, 2020, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 
10.31 
Lease Agreement (office space), dated January 6, 2023, between Thorium LLC and Cogent Communications, Inc. for 
offices at 198 Van Buren Street, Herndon, VA (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed 
on January 11, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.32 
Lease Agreement (network operations), dated January 6, 2023, between Germanium LLC and Cogent Communications, 
Inc. for technical space at 196 Van Buren Street, Herndon, VA (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on 
Form 8-K, filed on January 11, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.33 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated February 20, 2023, between Germanium LLC and Cogent Communications, 
Inc., for early access to technical space at 196 Van Buren Street, Herndon, VA. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to our 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 9, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference) 
10.34 
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated July 25, 2023, between Germanium LLC and Cogent Communications, 
Inc., for technical space at 196 Van Buren Street, Herndon, VA (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our periodic report on Form 8-K 
dated July 27, 2023 and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.35 
Guaranty, dated as of September 6, 2022, by and between Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. and Sprint LLC 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on September 7, 2022 and incorporated herein 
by reference). 
10.36 *, ** Transition Services Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2023, by and between Cogent Infrastructure, Inc. and Sprint LLC 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 1, 2023, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 
10.37 ** IP Transit Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2023, by and between Cogent Communications, Inc. and T-Mobile USA, Inc. 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 1, 2023, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 
10.38 *, ** Customer Subscriber Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2023, by and between Cogent Infrastructure, Inc. and T-Mobile USA, 
Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 1, 2023, and incorporated herein by 
reference). 
10.39# Amendment No. 10 to Employment Agreement of David Schaeffer, dated as of January 14 2025 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8 - K, filed on January 15, 2025, and incorporated herein by reference). 
10.40# Form of 2025 Restricted Stock Award between the Company and David Schaeffer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our 
Current Report on Form 8 - K, filed on January 15, 2025, and incorporated herein by reference). 
19.1 
Insider Trading Compliance Policy (filed herewith). 
21.1 
Subsidiaries (filed herewith) 
23.1 
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (filed herewith) 
31.1 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) 
31.2 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer (filed herewith) 
32.1 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer (furnished herewith) 

Page 94 of 96 
32.2 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer (furnished herewith) 
97.1 
Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation (previously filed as Exhibit 97.1 to our Annual Report on 
Form 10 - K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 29, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference).  
99.1 
Policy Against Excise Tax Gross-ups on “Golden Parachute” Payments, with effect from April 7, 2010 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 7, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference). 
101 
The following materials from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc. for the year 
ended December 31, 2024, formatted in iXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language); (i) Consolidated 
Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in 
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit), (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 
104 
Cover Page Interactive Data File (the cover page XBRL tags are embedded within the iXBRL document). 
 
* 
In accordance with Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K, certain schedules (or similar attachments) to this exhibit have been omitted. 
The Company will provide a copy of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its Staff upon request. 
** Confidential treatment requested and obtained as to certain portions. Portions have been omitted pursuant to this request where 
indicated by an asterisk. 
# 
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors or executive officers are eligible to 
participate. 
 
 
 

Page 95 of 96 
Schedule II 
COGENT COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
(in thousands) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 
 
Charged to  
 
 
 
Balance at 
 
 
Beginning of  
Costs and 
 
 
 
 
End of 
Description  
     
Period 
     
Expenses 
     (Deductions)      
Period 
Deferred tax valuation allowance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2022 
   $  132,800    $
 16,583    $
 (8,488)   $  140,895 
Year ended December 31, 2023 
   $  140,895    $
 10,486    $
 (14,848)   $  136,533 
Year ended December 31, 2024 
   $  136,533    $
 2,055    $
 (6,815)   $  131,773 
 
 
 
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY 
None 
 

Page 96 of 96 
SIGNATURES 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 
 
 
COGENT COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. 
 
 
 
Dated: February 28, 2025 
By: /s/ DAVID SCHAEFFER 
 
 
Name: David Schaeffer 
 
 
Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 
 
Signature 
     
Title 
     
Date 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DAVID SCHAEFFER 
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
 
 
David Schaeffer 
 
(Principal Executive Officer) 
 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ THADDEUS WEED 
 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
 
 
Thaddeus Weed 
 
(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)  
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ PAUL DE SA 
 
 
 
 
Paul De Sa 
 
Director 
 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ STEVEN BROOKS 
 
 
 
 
Steven Brooks 
 
Director 
 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ SHERYL KENNEDY 
 
 
 
 
Sheryl Kennedy 
 
Director 
 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DAVID BLAKE BATH 
 
 
 
 
David Blake Bath 
 
Director 
 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ MARC MONTAGNER 
 
 
 
 
Marc Montagner 
 
Director 
 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ LEWIS H. FERGUSON III 
 
 
 
 
Lewis H. Ferguson III 
 
Director 
 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DENEEN HOWELL 
 
 
 
 
Deneen Howell 
 
Director 
 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ EVE HOWARD 
 
 
 
 
Eve Howard 
 
Director 
 
February 28, 2025 
 
 
 
 
 

Directors and Officers of Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc.
Directors
Executive Officers
Dave Schaeffer
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Cogent
Dave Schaeffer
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Cogent
Marc Montagner
Thaddeus Weed
Chief Financial Officer
D. Blake Bath
Private Investor
James Bubeck
Chief Revenue Officer
Steven Brooks
Private Investor
John Chang
Chief Legal Officer
Paul de Sa
Partner, Quadra Partners
Henry Kilmer
Vice President, IP Engineering
Lewis Ferguson
Former Board Member, Public Company
Sheryl Kennedy
Director, Private Debt Partners, Inc. and 
Director CLS Group Holdings AG
Our Products
Brilliantly Fast, Elegantly Simple
Internet
Dedicated Internet Access
IP Transit
Global Peer Connect
Because the Internet is the 
only network that matters
VPN
Ethernet Services
SD-WAN
Build your company’s 
private network on top of 
Cogent’s
Transport
Optical Wavelengths
Optical infrastructure 
to move your data
Colocation
Cogent Data Centers
Utility Computing
Tailor your own 
private cloud to your 
needs
Lead Independent Director, Cogent
 
Chief Financial
 
Officer, SBA
 
Communications Corporation